Home

Pontiac 2006 Automobile User Manual

1. 5 73 Convertible Top ccceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeee een eee eens 5 74 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 74 WES a csipbeoeainsscetecnetonecenarenarstandentchencatandananes 5 75 Sheet Metal Damage eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 75 FINISH DAMAGE srenti miond iaa aia i Ena 5 75 Underbody Maintenance ceeeeeeeee ee 5 75 Chemical Paint Spotting 0eceeeeeeee es 5 76 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 76 Vehicle Identification eee 5 77 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 5 77 Service Parts Identification Label 0 5 77 Electrical System eee eee 5 77 Add On Electrical Equipment c eeeeeee 5 77 Headlamp Wiring vessseccmneeveveciicent aries nieve 5 78 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 78 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 5 78 Floor Console Fuse Block n 5 78 Underhood Fuse Block seeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 80 Capacities and Specifications 5 82 Service Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy with it We hope you will go to your dealer for all your service needs You will get genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people We hope you will want to keep your GM vehicle all GM Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACVelco E parts GM Goodwrench E
2. eeeeeeeee 4 21 Brake Anti Lock Brake System ABS o ae 4 7 Emergencies scisiwetiuisdedo slant en ETERS 4 9 PARKING ressa a E E 2 24 System Inspection cece cece eee eee eee eee eeneees 6 20 System Warning Light eseeeeeeeneeeeeeee 3 27 Brakes isshare a aan 5 31 Biako aisia A 4 6 Braking in Emergencies cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 4 9 Break In New Vehicle cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 16 Bulb Replacement rirmi eiia rsen aaa 5 40 Back Up Lamps wicsvsad nscsinsetatatenderendidieenungets 5 42 Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps 5 41 Halogen Bulbs x c sccccccsngsiceskncadadneannteaiesacce les 5 40 Bulb Replacement cont Headlamps s ccsicctncdinree neti qacteramenstaeanepnanaaniis 5 41 Replacement Bulbs csceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 43 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps 5 42 Buying New TireS cceeeeeeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 53 California Fuel c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 6 California Proposition 65 Warning eeeeeeee 5 3 Canadian OWNe S ccceceeceeeeeeeeee eee anais ii Capacities and Specifications ceeeeeee 5 82 Carbon Monoxide 8 2 9 2 28 4 24 4 34 Care of Safety BeltS ocsacdccanditee lst cceecesan tice E S 5 72 Your CD Player ticissectuine ue iite nor ana en 3 71 YOU OD Siueni enara eA E RAAE 3 71 Center Console Storage Area 0c eeeee
3. To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections Listed in this part are inspections and services which should be performed at least twice a year for instance each spring and fall You should let your dealer s service department do these jobs Make sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Proper procedures to perform these services may be found in a service manual See Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 Steering and Suspension Inspection Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts signs of wear or lack of lubrication Inspect the power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Exhaust System Inspection Inspect the complete exhaust system Inspect the body near the exhaust system Look for broken damaged missing or out of position parts as well as open seams holes loose connections or other conditions which could cause a heat build up in the floor pan or could let exhaust fumes into the vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 2 28 Fuel System Inspection
4. Inspect the complete fuel system for damage or leaks Engine Cooling System Inspection Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace as needed Clean the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap is recommended at least once a year Throttle System Inspection Inspect the throttle system for interference or binding and for damaged or missing parts Replace parts as needed Replace any components that have high effort or excessive wear Do not lubricate accelerator and cruise control cables 6 20 Brake System Inspection Inspect the complete system Inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other brake parts including calipers parking brake etc You may need to have your brakes inspected more often if your driving habits or conditions result in frequent braking Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part number or specification may be obtained from your dealer Usage Fluid Lubricant Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays the American Petroleum Institute Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst symbol GM Goodwrench oil meets all th
5. Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed and then you apply the brake This of course disengages the cruise control To return to your previously set speed you do not need to go through the set process again Once you re going about 25 mph 40 km h or more you can press the RES button briefly This will take you back up to your previously chosen speed and stay there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to increase speed 1 Disengage the cruise control by applying the brake pedal but do not turn it off Accelerate to a higher speed and reset the cruise control 2 If the cruise control system is already engaged press the RES button Press it until you get up to the speed you want and then release the button To increase your speed in very small amounts press the RES button briefly and then release it Each time you do this your vehicle will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control If the cruise control system is already engaged e Push and hold the SET part of the button until you reach the lower speed you want then release it e To slow down in very small amounts push the SET part of the button briefly Each time you do this you will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed When you take your foot off the peda
6. Scheduled Maintenance The services shown in this schedule up to 100 000 miles 160 000 km should be repeated after 100 000 miles 160 000 km at the same intervals for the life of this vehicle The services shown at 150 000 miles 240 000 km should be repeated at the same interval after 150 000 miles 240 000 km for the life of this vehicle See Part B Owner Checks and Services on page 6 13 and Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections on page 6 19 Footnotes t The U S Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life We however urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded If your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC it also has the GM Oil Life System a computer system that lets you know when to change the oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary A CHANGE OIL SOON me
7. To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that will help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing your emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to your fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your GM dealer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines may be available in your area General Motors recommends that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in your fuel system and also damage the plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions may contain an octane enhancing additive calle
8. Your vehicle like other modern motor vehicles has a number of sophisticated computer systems that monitor and control several aspects of the vehicle s performance Your vehicle uses on board vehicle computers to monitor emission control components to optimize fuel economy to monitor conditions for airbag deployment and if so equipped to provide anti lock braking and to help the driver control the vehicle in difficult driving situations Some information may be stored during regular operations to facilitate repair of detected malfunctions other information is stored only in a crash event by computer systems such as those commonly called event data recorders EDR In a crash event computer systems such as the Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM in your vehicle may record information about the condition of the vehicle and how it was operated such as data related to engine speed brake application throttle position vehicle speed safety belt usage airbag readiness airbag performance and the severity of a collision This information has been used to improve vehicle crash performance and may be used to improve crash performance of future vehicles and driving safety Unlike the data recorders on many airplanes these on board systems do not record sounds such as conversation of vehicle occupants To read this information special equipment is needed and access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data is required G
9. CAUTION Continued Rear end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents Yet they are common Allow enough following distance It is the best defensive driving maneuver in both city and rural driving You never know when the vehicle in front of you is going to brake or turn suddenly Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on the driving task Anything that distracts from the driving task such as concentrating on a cellular telephone call reading reaching for something on the floor adjusting settings or programming vehicle systems makes proper defensive driving more difficult and can even cause a collision with resulting injury Ask a passenger to help do these things or pull off the road in a safe place to do them These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunken Driving Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a national tragedy It is the number one contributor to the highway death toll claiming thousands of victims every year Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle e Judgment e Muscular Coordination e Vision e Attentiveness Police records show that almost half of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 16 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol
10. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Your vehicle is neither designed nor intended to tow a trailer Example 1 Item Description _ Toti Vehicle Capacity Weight pa for Example 1 400 Ibs 181 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 150 Ibs 68 kg 68 kg x 1 Available Occupant and oc Cargo Weight 250 Ibs 113 kg 4 31 Example 2 item Description Total Vehicle Capacity Weight Mae 400 Ibs 181 kg Subtract Occupant 300 Ibs 136 kg Weight 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 Available Cargo 4 32 Example 3 Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 400 Ibs 181 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 200 lbs 400 Ibs 181 kg 0 Ibs 0 kg 91 kg x2 C Available Cargo Weight Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Certification Label MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP DATE GVWR GAWR FRT THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL gp Na OTOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER NTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE D FM WN ABOVE 2000 ASS CAR A A vehicle speci
11. Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of used oil ask your dealer a service station or a local recycling center for help Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine air cleaner filter When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter every 15 000 miles 25 000 km and replace every 45 000 miles 75 000 km If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required To inspect or replace the filter open the clamps that hold the cover on and lift off the cover Be sure to reinstall the cover tightly A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into your engine which wil
12. Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics vinyl leather and carpet Finish Enhancer Wash Wax Concentrate Spot Lifter Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN w SAMPLE4UX1M072675 This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver s side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code will help you identify your vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts Service Parts Identification Label You will find this label on the inside of the glove box It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts On this label you will find the following e VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Don t add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage wouldn t be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attemp
13. Part No O6SOLSTICE A First Printing Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 How to Use This Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle If this is done it can help you learn about the features and controls for the vehicle Pictures and words work together in the owner manual to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found 2005 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Safety Warnings and Symbols You will also find a circle with a slash through it in There are a number of safety cautions in this book We this book This safety use a box and the word CAUTION to tell about things symbol means Do Not that could hurt you if you were to ignore the warning Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people In the caution area we tell you what the hazard is Then we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt Vehicle Damage Warnings Also in this manual you will find these notices Notice These
14. Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display DD FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this pushbutton to advance playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display RDM Random With random you can listen to CD tracks in random rather than sequential order To use random do the following 1 Press this button to play tracks from the CD you are listening to in random order The random icon will appear on the display 2 Press this button again to turn off random play The random icon will disappear from the display i Information Press this button to switch the display between the track number elapsed time of the track and the time When the ignition is off press this button to display the time BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon and track number will appear on the display when a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system will automatically search for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player
15. The lap portion of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the child s thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone unless there is no other choice Instead they need to use a child restraint CAUTION Continued For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg baby will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms A baby should be secured in an appropriate restraint A CAUTION Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously A CAUTION injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child
16. Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others They also let police know you have a problem Your front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off The hazard warning flasher button is located in the center of the instrument panel Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what position your key is in and even if the key is not in Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off When the hazard warning flashers are on your turn signals will not work Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set them up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle Horn To sound the horn press the center pad on the steering wheel Tilt Wheel A tilt wheel allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can raise the steering wheel to the highest level to give your legs more room when you enter and exit the vehicle The lever that allows you to tilt the steering wheel is Turn Signal Multifunction Lever located on the left side of the steering column The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following e Turn and Lane Change Signals See Turn and To tilt the wheel pull down the lever Then move the Lane Change Signals on page 3 8 wheel to a comfortable position pull up the lever to lock e D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer See the wheel in place He
17. amount of traffic on them You will want to watch out for what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to traffic signals Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving Know the best way to get to where you are going Get a city map and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just as you would for a cross country trip Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities You will save time and energy See Freeway Driving on page 4 20 Treat a green light as a warning signal A traffic light is there because the corner is busy enough to need it When a light turns green and just before you start to move check both ways for vehicles that have not cleared the intersection or may be running the red light Freeway Driving Mile for mile freeways also called thruways parkways expressways turnpikes or superhighways are the safest of all roads But they have their own special rules 4 20 The most important advice on freeway driving is Keep up with traffic and keep to the right Drive at the same speed most of the other drivers are driving Too fast or too slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow Treat the left lane on a freeway as a passing lane At the entrance there is usually a ramp that leads to the freeway If you have a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp you should begin to check traffic Try to determine where you expect to blend with t
18. be sure the child restraint is designed to be used in a vehicle If it is it will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards Then follow the instructions for the restraint You may find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both These restraints use the belt system or the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children system in your vehicle but the child also has to be secured within the restraint to help reduce the chance of personal injury When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it 1 26 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH Some child restraints have a LATCH system As part of the LATCH system your child restraint may have lower attachments and or a top tether The LATCH system can help hold the child restraint in place during driving or ina crash Some vehicles have lower and or top tether anchors designed to secure a child restraint with lower attachments and or a top tether Some c
19. finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your GM dealer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your GM dealer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you 5 75 Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atm
20. sealant is a temporary repair only See Tire Inflator Kit on page 5 60 Tire Inflator Kit Your vehicle has a tire inflator kit There is no jack or spare tire The kit uses a liquid tire sealant and air at the same time to seal small punctures in the tread area of the tire Be sure to read and follow all of the tire inflator kit instructions The kit includes the following A Air Compressor D On Off Switch B Tire Sealant E Air Pressure Gage Canister F Air Compressor C Air Compressor Inflator Hose Accessory Plug G Sealant Filling Hose If the flat tire is due to a slow leak caused by a nail or other similar road hazard the tire inflator kit may be used to temporarily repair the damaged tire After temporarily repairing a tire with the tire inflator kit take your vehicle to an authorized GM dealer to have the tire inspected and repaired Accessing the Tire Inflator Kit To access the tire inflator kit do the following 1 Make sure the convertible top is in the up position before accessing the tire inflator kit 2 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 9 for more information 3 Locate the tire inflator kit on the driver s side of the vehicle near the back corner of the trunk 5 61 4 Remove the tire inflator kit strap by squeezing the two tabs of the quick release buckle 5 Remove the inflator kit from its foam container Tire Sealant The kit contains a liquid sealant that when injected i
21. the key should come vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle out only in LOCK moves you or others could be injured Turn the steering wheel to the left and to the right It should only lock when turned to the right 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 24 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P your vehicle needs service Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission Park P Mechanism Check A CAUTION When you are doing this check your vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake e To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and transmission in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only
22. you will need some new parts for your airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts e Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders on page 7 9 e Let only qualified technicians work on your airbag system Improper service can mean that your airbag system will not work properly See your dealer for service Passenger Sensing System Your vehicle has a passenger sensing system The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible when you turn your ignition key to RUN or START The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible on the instrument panel during the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for on or the symbol for off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 PASSENGER AIR BAG A 2 OFF ON Passenger Airbag Status Indicator United States Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Canada The passenger sensing system will turn off the passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The driver s airbag is not part of the
23. 3 51 CD Messages CHECK DISC If this message appears on the display and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There may have been a problem while burning the CD R e The label may be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer when reporting the problem 3 52 Listening to a Portable Audio Player To listen to a portable audio player such as an MP3 player or cassette player over the radio and speakers use a cable to connect your portable audio player to the auxiliary input located on the lower right side of the radio faceplate When a device is connected the radio automatically begins playing audio from the device over the car speakers D Power Volume Turn this knob clockwise to increase or counterclockwise to decrease the volume of the portable player You may need to do additional volume adjustments from the portable device if the volume does not go loud or soft enough BAND Pr
24. Accessories Accessories and Modifications When you add non GM accessories to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories may even cause malfunction or damage not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it e Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task Be
25. If you have anti lock brakes you can steer and brake at the same time However if you do not have anti lock brakes your first reaction to hit the brake pedal hard and hold it down may be the wrong thing to do Your wheels can stop rolling Once they do the vehicle cannot respond to your steering Momentum will carry it in whatever direction it was headed when the wheels stopped rolling That could be off the road into the very thing you were trying to avoid or into traffic If you do not have anti lock brakes use a squeeze braking technique This will give you maximum braking while maintaining steering control You can do this by pushing on the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure In an emergency you will probably want to squeeze the brakes hard without locking the wheels If you hear or feel the wheels sliding ease off the brake pedal This will help you retain steering control If you do have anti lock brakes it is different See Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 4 7 In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking Limited Slip Rear Axle Your vehicle may have this feature A limited slip rear axle can give you additional traction on snow mud ice sand or gravel It works like a standard axle most of the time but when one of the rear wheels has no traction and the other does this feature will allow the wheel with traction to move the vehicle Steering Pow
26. Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer for details Maintenance Requirements Maintenance intervals checks inspections and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance may not be covered by warranty 6 2 Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly How This Section is Organized This maintenance schedule is divided into five parts Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services explains what to have done and how often Some of these services can be complex so unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should let your GM dealer s service department do these jobs Your GM dealer has GM trained and supported service people
27. Number 313 381 0022 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Fax Number 313 381 0022 From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Fax Number 313 381 0022 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EIMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 83
28. Q Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 18 for more information Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 51 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 95 000 Miles 152 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 57 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 100 000 Miles 160 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 57 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Q Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or mor
29. The system is working properly CAT Not Found No channel available for There are no channels available for the selected category the chosen category The system is working properly XM Theftlocked Theft lock active The XM receiver in the vehicle may have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message appears after having your vehicle serviced check with your dealer XM Radio ID Radio ID label channel 0 If tuned to channel 0 this message will alternate with the XM Radio eight digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown Radio ID not known If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there should only be if may be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer hardware failure 3 59 XM Radio Messages cont d Radio Display i A Check XM Receivr Hardware failure If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver may have a fault Consult with your dealer XM Not Available XM Not Available If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver may have a fault Consult with your dealer Playing a CD Single CD Player To insert multiple CDs do the following 1 Press and hold the load button for two seconds You will hear a beep and Load All Discs will be Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player will pull it in and the CD should begin pla
30. a child restraint in this vehicle and check with your dealer To remove the child restraint just unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger 1 30 Airbag System Your vehicle has an airbag for the driver and an airbag for the right front passenger Frontal airbags are designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating frontal airbag But these airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job and comply with federal regulations Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them Airbags are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes And for some unrestrained occupants airbags may provide less protection in frontal crashes than more forceful airbags have provided in the past Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag
31. an example of the tire and loading information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture Tire Inspection and Rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires
32. and the key appears to be not damaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 78 If the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer who can service the PASS Key Ill to have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 It is possible for the PASS Key IIl decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to 10 keys may be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all the currently programmed keys are lost or do not operate you must see your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key IIl to have keys made and programmed to the system See your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to get a new key blank that is cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the system To program the new key do the following 1 Verify that the new key has a with a circle around it stamped on it 2 Insert the already programmed key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to LOCK and remove the key 4 Insert the key to be programmed and turn it to the RUN position within five seconds of t
33. as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 52 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 56 for more information The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle The first rotation is the most important See Scheduled Maintenance for additional information When rotating your tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 for an example of the tire and loading information label and its location on your vehicle 5 51 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause a crash When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if you need to to get all the rust or dirt off 5 52 When It Is Time for New Tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when y
34. assembly will be there to help protect you in a collision 1 44 After a crash you may need to replace the driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies even if the frontal airbags have not deployed The driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies contain the safety belt pretensioners Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has been in a collision or if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 24 Section 2 Features and Controls KRGYS anaren a 2 2 Remote Keyless Entry System ccseseeeeeeeen 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry System Operation 2 4 Doors and LOCKS ccccececeee cece ee eeeeeeaeeees 2 7 Manual Door LOCKS cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 2 7 Power Door LOCKS cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 2 7 Delayed LOCKING rarena rnnr A 2 8 Automatic Door LOCK ccccceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeee 2 8 Automatic Door Unlock ccceceeeneeeeeeeeeees 2 9 TUNK iaaa hese fanedtnad paaincctuaniened NA 2 9 WINKOWS 0 ccc cece cece cece ee ee eae eee eee eeeeaeaeeees 2 11 Manual Windows ccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 2 12 Power WINdOWS cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneues 2 12 SUM VISOIS peonnin naain 2 12 Theft Deterrent Systems cceeeeeeeee ees 2 13 Content Theft Deterrent
35. battery Connect the other end of the negative cable to the negative terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Your vehicle has a remote negative ground bracket for this purpose Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service Notice If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal B Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the positive terminal cover to its original position Rear Axle When to Check Lubrican
36. clock or MENU button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out 3 47 Radio with CD Base al gt gt BAND eek SEEK REV FWD CD AUX Playing the Radio D Power Volume Press this knob to turn the system on and off Turn this knob clockwise to increase or counterclockwise to decrease the volume The radio remembers the previous volume setting whenever the radio is turned on You can still manually adjust the volume by using the volume knob 3 48 Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 or AM The display will show the selection J Tune Turn this knob to select radio stations K SEEK Press the right or left SEEK arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either SEEK arrow for a few seconds until you hear a beep The radio will go to a station play for a few seconds then go on to the next station Press either SEEK arrow again to stop scanning The radio will only seek and scan stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band i Information Press this button to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time When the ignition is off press this knob to display the time Setting Preset Stations Up to 18 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 P
37. disarm and re arm the system Once the system is disarmed the security light will stop flashing How the System Alarm is Activated If the system is armed it can be activated by either e Opening the driver s door or trunk This will cause a ten second pre alarm chirp followed by a thirty second full alarm of horn and lights e Opening any other door This will immediately cause a full alarm of horn and lights for thirty seconds When an alarm event has finished the system will re arm itself automatically 2 14 How to Turn Off the System Alarm To turn off the system alarm do one of the following e Press the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter The system will then re arm itself e Press the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter This will also disarm the system e Insert the key in the ignition and turn it on This will also disarm the system How to Detect a Tamper Condition If you hear three chirps when you press the unlock lock or trunk release buttons on the remote keyless transmitter it means that the content theft security system alarm was activated previously PASS Key IIl The PASS Key Ill system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interferen
38. down especially on higher speed roads Your vehicle s headlamps can light up only so much road ahead e In remote areas watch for animals e If you are tired pull off the road in a safe place and rest No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver may require at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old What you do in the daytime can also affect your night vision For example if you spend the day in bright sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses Your eyes will have less trouble adjusting to night But if you are driving do not wear sunglasses at night They may cut down on glare from headlamps but they also make a lot of things invisible You can be temporarily blinded by approaching headlamps It can take a second or two or even several seconds for your eyes to re adjust to the dark When you are faced with severe glare as from a driver who does not lower the high beams or a vehicle with misaimed headlamps slow down a little Avoid staring directly into the approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Glare at night is made much worse by dirt on the glass Even the inside of the glass can build up a film caused by dust Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly Remembe
39. encryption code The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No XM Signal Loss of signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When you move into an open area the signal should return Loading XM Acquiring channel audio The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text after 4 second delay data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Channel Off Air Channel not in service This channel is not currently in service Tune to another channel 3 58 XM Radio Messages cont d Radio Display ii F 3 Channel Unavail Channel no longer This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned available Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Artist Info Artist Name Feature not No artist information is available at this time on this available channel The system is working properly No Title Info Song Program Title not No song title information is available at this time on this available channel The system is working properly No CAT Info Category Name not No category information is available at this time on this available channel The system is working properly No Information No Text Informational No text or informational messages are available at this message available time on this channel
40. f there has been an injury call 911 for help Do not leave the scene of an accident until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer e Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the accident Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the accident This will help guard against post accident legal action e Ifyou need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 for more information e If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number e Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the accident They will walk you through the information
41. hill 2 22 INTERMEDIATE I This position is also used for normal driving However it offers braking from the engine for slight downgrades where the vehicle would otherwise accelerate due to steepness of grade If repetitive shifts occur between third and fourth gears on steep uphills this position can be used to prevent repetitive shifting Fuel economy will be lower than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D A time you might choose INTERMEDIATE I instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D is when driving on hilly and winding roads LOW L This position gives you even more power but lower fuel economy than INTERMEDIATE I You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in LOW L the transmission will not shift into Low gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place Manual Transmission Operation This is your shift pattern Here is how to operate your manual transmission FIRST 1 Press the clutch pedal and shift into FIRST 1 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal You can shift into FIRST 1 when you are going less than 20 mph 32 km h If you have come to a complete stop and it is hard to shift into FIRST 1
42. indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The load index can range from 1 to 279 The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from A to Z Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its
43. it is not a good idea to top off your brake clutch fluid Adding fluid will not correct a leak If you add fluid when your brake linings are worn then you will have too much fluid when you get new brake linings You should add or remove fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake clutch hydraulic system A CAUTION If you have too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake and or clutch hydraulic system When your brake fluid falls to a low level your brake warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 27 What to Add When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 3 brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 21 5 32 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This will help keep dirt from entering the reservoir A CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in your brake clutch system your brakes clutch may not work well or they may not even work at all This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid Notice e Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake clutch system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in your brake clutch hydraulic
44. it to go They are the brakes the steering and the accelerator All three systems have to do their work at the places where the tires meet the road Sometimes as when you are driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide That means you can lose control of your vehicle Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 27 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of your brakes t
45. longer Damaged wiper blades may prevent you from seeing well enough to drive safely To avoid damage be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If the wiper blades are frozen to the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them If your blades do become damaged get new blades or blade inserts Heavy snow or ice can overload your wiper motor A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload If the motor gets stuck turn the wipers off clear away the snow or ice and then turn the wipers back on As an added safety feature if the wipers are on for more than 15 seconds the vehicle s headlamps will turn on automatically They will turn off 15 seconds after the wipers are turned off Windshield Washer To wash your windshield press the button at the end of the lever until the washers begin A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision When you release the button the washers will stop but the wipers will continue to wipe for about three times or will resume the speed you were using before Cruise Control If equipped with cruise control your vehicle can maintain a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work a
46. on when you set your parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem 3 27 If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully Make sure the parking brake is fully released You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 34 A CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service 3 28 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light If your vehicle is equipped with the anti lock brake system the light will come on when your engine is started and may stay on for several seconds That is normal If the light stays on turn the ignition to OFF Or if the light comes on when you are driving stop as soon as possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the light still stays on after driving at a speed of at least 13 mph 20 kph or comes on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service If the regular brake system warning l
47. or counterclockwise to decrease the volume of the portable player You may need to do additional volume adjustments from the portable device if the volume does not go loud or soft enough BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device will continue playing so you may want to stop it or power it off 3 68 CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when a portable audio device is playing Press this button again and the system will begin playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected no input device foung will be displayed Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of your vehicle s radio The feature works automatically by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN If the radio is moved to a different vehicle it will not operate and LOCK or LOCKED will appear on the display With THEFTLOCK activated the radio will not operate if stolen Audio Steering Wheel Controls ED ao If your vehicle has this feature some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel They include the following V A Press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or to the previous stored radio station and stay there Press and hold the up or down arrow longer than three quarters of a second to advance to the next or previous station with a strong sig
48. others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow Ensure the shift lever is fully in PARK P before starting the engine Your vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system You must fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition key is in RUN If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever Push the shift lever all the way into PARK P while pressing the button on the shift lever as you maintain brake application Then move the shift lever into the gear you wish See Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transmission on page 2 26 Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped REVERSE R Use this gear to back up At low vehicle speeds you can also use REVERSE R to rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transmission See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 28 for additional information NEUTRAL N In this position the engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only You can also use NEUTRAL N when your vehicle is being towed A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while your en
49. out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow In order to free your vehicle when it is stuck you will need to spin the wheels but you do not want to spin your wheels too fast The method known as rocking can help you get out when you are stuck but you must use caution 4 28 A CAUTION If you let your tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured And the transmission or other parts of the vehicle can overheat That could cause an engine compartment fire or other damage When you are stuck spin the wheels as little as possible Do not spin the wheels above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer Notice Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the tires If you spin the wheels too fast while shifting your transmission back and forth you can destroy your transmission For more information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 59 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn the steering wheel left and right That will clear the area around the front wheels Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear or with a manual transmission between FIRST 1 or SECOND 2 and REVERSE R spinning the wheels as little as possible Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the acce
50. personalization menu modes Press the reset button to scroll through the available settings for each mode If you do not make a selection within ten seconds the display will go back to the previous information displayed Personalization Menu Modes UNITS This feature allows you to select the units of measurement in which the DIC will display the vehicle information When UNITS appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the available settings ENGLISH default in United States All information will be displayed in English units For example distance will be shown in miles mi and fuel economy in miles per gallon mpg METRIC default in Canada All information will be displayed in metric units For example distance will be shown in kilometers km and fuel economy in liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature OIL LIFE RESET When this feature is displayed you can reset the engine oil life system To reset the system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 See OIL LIFE under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 36 for more information LOCK HORN If your vehicle has remote keyless entry this feature which allows the vehicle s horn to chirp every time the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When LOCK HORN appears on the d
51. put the shift lever in NEUTRAL and let up on the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down Then shift into FIRST 1 SECOND 2 Press the clutch pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND 2 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 Shift into THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 the same way you do for SECOND 2 Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal To stop let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal Just before the vehicle stops press the clutch pedal and the brake pedal and shift to NEUTRAL NEUTRAL Use this position when you start or idle your engine REVERSE R To back up press the clutch pedal After the vehicle stops shift into REVERSE R Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal If it is hard to shift let the shift lever return to NEUTRAL and release the clutch pedal Then press the clutch again and shift into REVERSE R Do not attempt to shift into the fifth gear position prior to shifting into REVERSE R Your transmission has a lock out feature which prevent a fifth gear to reverse gear shift Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped Also use REVERSE R along with the
52. reservoir See Brakes on page 5 31 for more information Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 5 23 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C e Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protect against rust and corrosion e Help keep the proper engine temperature e Let the warning lights and gages work as they should Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 25 000 miles 41 500 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle 5 20 What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your coo
53. restraint system can provide People should never hold a baby in their arms while riding in a vehicle A baby does not weigh much until a crash During a crash a baby will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it CAUTION Continued Q What are the different types of add on child restraints A Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs 1 22 A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant ina rear facing seat settles into the restraint s
54. safety belts Here is why They work You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a bad one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 30 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Put someone on it Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider The person keeps going until stopped by something does not stop In a real vehicle it could be the windshield or the instrument panel or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A Won t I be trapped in the vehicle after an accident if I m wearing a safety belt You could be whether you re wearing a safety belt or not But you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you re upside down And your chance of being conscious du
55. seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always press rearward on the seatback to be sure it is locked Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she can not wear a Safety belt properly If you are in a crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passengers belt is fastened properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has indicators to remind you and your passenger to buckle your safety belts See Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 3 23 and Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 3 23 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law says to wear
56. side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer
57. spark knock If the octane is less than 87 you may notice a heavy knocking noise when you drive If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible Otherwise you might damage your engine If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking your engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 in Canada Some gasolines may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT General Motors recommends against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 6 for additional information California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on and your vehicle may fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 30 If this occurs return to your authorized GM dealer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs may not be covered by your warranty Additives
58. station attendant to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 13 for further details Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 19 for further details Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 30 for further details At Least Once a Month Tire Inspection and Inflation Check Visually inspect your tires for wear and make sure tires are inflated to the correct pressures See Tires on page 5 44 for further details At Least Twice a Year Restraint System Check Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also look for any opened or broken airbag coverings and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance Wiper Blade Check Inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking Replace blade inserts that appear worn or damaged or that streak or
59. system can damage brake clutch system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 72 Brake Wear Your vehicle has four wheel disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound may come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon your brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with your brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to GM torque specifications Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel Se
60. talk traffic weather and children s programming XM provides digital quality audio and text information that includes song title and artist name A service fee is required in order to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at www xmradio com or call 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 3 53 Playing the Radio D Power Volume Press this knob to turn the system on and off Turn this knob clockwise to increase or counterclockwise to decrease the volume Speed Compensated Volume SCV The radio is also equipped with Speed Compensated Volume SCV When SCV is on the radio volume automatically adjusts to compensate for road and wind noise as you speed up or slow down while driving That way the volume level should sound about the same as you drive To activate SCV 1 Set the radio volume to the desired level 2 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 3 Press the pushbutton under the AUTO VOLUM label on the radio display 4 Press the pushbutton under the desired Speed Compensated Volume setting OFF Low Med or High to select the level of radio volume compensation The display will time out after approximately 10 seconds Each higher setting allows for more radio volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds 3 54 Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between AM FM or XM if equipped The display will show the selection d Tune Turn this knob to select rad
61. tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service QO Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 51 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 60 000 Miles 96 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace the filter If vehicle is driven in dusty dirty conditions inspect filter at every engine oil change See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 18 for more information Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 57 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 65 000 Miles 104 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without
62. that can affect how the system operates Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle You do not want the system to inflate while someone is working on your vehicle Your dealer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 A CAUTION For up to 20 seconds after the ignition key is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so The airbag system does not need regular maintenance 1 41 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything might add to the front of the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system front end sheet metal or height they may keep the airbag system from working properly Also the airbag system may not work properly if you relocate any of the airbag sensors If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistanc
63. that will perform the work using genuine GM parts A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 5 4 If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 Part B Owner Checks and Services tells you what should be checked and when It also explains what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections explains important inspections that your dealer s service department can perform for you Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants lists some recommended products necessary to help keep your vehicle properly maintained These products or their equivalents should be used whether you do the work yourself or have it done Part E Maintenance Record is a place for you to record and keep track of the maintenance performed on your vehicle Keep your maintenance receipts They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for warranty repairs Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services In this part are scheduled maintenance services which are to be performed at the mileage intervals specified Using the Mainten
64. the level remains constant at the COLD FILL line for at least five minutes 5 29 When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired How to Check Power Steering Fluid To check the power steering fluid do the following 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick The level should be between the COLD and HOT marks If necessary add only enough fluid to bring the level up to the COLD mark What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 21 Always use the proper fluid Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals 5 30 Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer symbol
65. the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs later in this section 3 50 If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a soft marker instead Notice If you add any label to a CD insert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged CDs you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section amp EJECT Press the CD eject button to eject the CD If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD will be automatically pulled back into the player J Tune Turn this knob to select tracks on the CD currently playing Ki SEEK D Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next track If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player will continue moving backward or forward through the CD lt lt REV Reverse
66. they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are drivable Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a GM dealer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value th
67. through 4 to reinstall ol Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps A Front Turn Signal Parking Lamp B Fog Lamp If Equipped A B BS ale To replace one of these bulbs do the following 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 for more information 2 Reach underneath the front bumper and locate the bulb assembly 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull out the bulb assembly 4 Disconnect the bulb socket from the wiring harness 5 Install a new bulb 6 Reverse the steps to reinstall the bulb assembly and headlamp assembly 5 41 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps To replace one of these bulbs do the following 1 NO oP O Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 9 for more information 2 Remove the two screws which hold the taillamp assembly from inside the vehicle Remove the taillamp assembly Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove Pull the bulb from the socket Install a new bulb Reverse the steps to reinstall the taillamp assembly 5 42 Back Up Lamps The back up lamps are located in the rear bumper To replace a bulb do the following 1 Reach behind up and under the rear bumper and locate the bulb socket Turn it counterclockwise to remove from the bulb assembly Pull the bulb from the bulb socket Push in a new bulb into the bulb socket Reinstall the bulb socket by lining up the tabs in the lamp assembly and turn
68. to separate from the inserts A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause accidents They will not work as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car wash apply your brake pedal lightly until your brakes work normally Driving too fast through large water puddles or even going through some car washes can cause problems too The water may affect your brakes Try to avoid puddles But if you cannot try to slow down before you hit them Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous So much water can build up under your tires that they can actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road Hydroplaning does not happen often But it can if your tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or more is low It can happen if a lot of water is standing on the road If you can see reflections from trees telephone poles or other vehicles and raindrops dimple the water s surface there could be hydroplaning Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds There just is not a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when it is raining Driving Through Deep Standing Water Notice If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water water can come in through y
69. to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next track If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player will continue moving backward or forward through the tracks on the CD lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display 3 61 gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track will appear on the display RDM Random With random you can listen to the tracks in random rather than sequential order on one CD or all CDs in a six disc CD player To use random do one of the following e Press the CD AUX button or for a single CD player insert a disc partway into the slot of the CD player A RDM label will appear on display To play the tracks from the single CD in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc is displayed Press the pushbutton again to turn off random play e Press the CD AUX button or for a six disc CD player press and hold the LOAD button You will hear a beep and Load All Discs will be displayed Insert one or m
70. to the recommended inflation 3 pressure using the air pressure gage on the top A CAUTION of the unit 10 Turn off the air compressor by moving the switch to Idling the engine in a closed in place or with the O off position the climate control system off can cause Z CAUTION deadly carbon monoxide CO See Engine Exhaust on page 2 28 7 Start the vehicle See Starting the Engine on Storing the tire inflator kit or other equipment page 2 19 for more information The vehicle must be in the passenger compartment of the vehicle running while using the air compressor could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike A CAUTION someone Siore the tire inflator kit in the proper place Inflating something too much can make it 11 Place the equipment in the original location in the explode and you or others could be injured trunk of your vehicle Be sure to read the inflator instructions and inflate the tire to its recommended pressure Do not exceed 36 psi 248 kPa 8 Move the inflator kit switch to the I on position 5 67 Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister To remove the sealant canister do the following 3 Turn the sealant canister so the inflator filling hose is aligned with the slot in the compressor Hy Unlock the alr compres sor intlator nese from the 4 Lift the sealant canister from the compressor and sealant canister by puling the lever up repla
71. to use More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Starter Switch Check 3 On automatic transmission vehicles try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in A any other position your vehicle needs service CAUTION On manual transmission vehicles put the shift lever in NEUTRAL push the clutch down halfway and try When you are doing this inspection the to start the engine The vehicle should start only vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle when the clutch is pushed down all the way to the moves you or others could be injured floor If the vehicle starts when the clutch is not pushed all the way down your vehicle needs service 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 24 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Ignition Transmission Lock Check Control System Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK in each shift lever position e With an automatic transmission the ignition should AN CAUTION turn to LOCK only when the shift lever is in PARK P The key should come out only in LOCK When you are doing this inspection the e With a manual transmission
72. use the manual door lock knob Pull up on the knob to unlock the door Push down on the knob to lock the door To lock either door from the outside turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle To unlock the door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle Power Door Locks If your vehicle has a remote keyless entry RKE transmitter you can use it to lock and unlock the doors from inside or outside the vehicle See Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Delayed Locking If your vehicle has power door locks it will have the delayed locking feature This feature delays the actual locking of the doors when the remote keyless entry RKE transmitter is used to lock the vehicle If any door is open when locking the vehicle using the RKE transmitter three chimes will sound signaling that the delayed locking feature is active Five seconds after the last door is closed both doors will lock and the parking lamps will flash To cancel the delay and lock the doors immediately press the lock button on the RKE a second time If the key is in the ignition this feature will not lock the doors Your vehicle is programmed from the factory with this feature turned off To turn the feature on you must go through the Driver Information Center DIC if equipped See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 40 Automatic Door Lock If your vehicle has power door locks the doors will automatically lo
73. while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Participating dealers can provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service to a destination up to 10 miles 16 km from the dealership Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs reimbursement of public transportation expenses may be available for up to a maximum of five days In addition should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available up to a five day maximum Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for a warranty repair Reimbursement will be limited to a maximum amount per day and must be supported by receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsi
74. will be covered at no charge e Dealer Locator Service In many instances mechanical failures are covered under Pontiac s Bumper to Bumper warranty However when other services are utilized our Roadside Assistance Representatives will explain any payment obligations you might incur For prompt and efficient assistance when calling please provide the following to the Roadside Assistance Representative e Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your location e Location of the vehicle e Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle e Mileage Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle e Description of the problem While we hope you never have the occasion to use our service it is added security while traveling for you and your family Remember we are only a phone call away Pontiac Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 text telephone TTY users call 1 888 889 2438 Pontiac reserves the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in Pontiac s judgement the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Pontiac reserves the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Canadian Roadside Assistance Vehicles purchased
75. within an MP3 file You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file will appear on the display RDM Random With random you can listen to MP3 files on the CD R in random rather than sequential order on one CD R or all discs in a six disc CD player To use random do one of the following 1 To play MP3 files from the CD R you are listening to in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc is displayed Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 2 To play songs from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs is displayed Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 3 66 Music Navigator Use the music navigator feature to play MP3 files on the CD R in order by artist or album Press the pushbutton located below the music navigator label The player will scan the disc to sort the files by artist and album ID3 tag information It may take several minutes to scan the disc depending on the number of MP3 files recorded to the CD R The radio may begin playing while it is scanning the disc in the background When the scan is finished the CD R will begin playing again Once the disc has been scanned the player will default to playing MP3 files in order by artist The current artist playing i
76. 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 5 35 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transmission in PARK P or a manual transmission in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake Notice If you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlet Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio 5 36 4 Open the hood on the other vehicle and locate the positive and negative terminal locations on that vehicle You will not need to access your battery for jump starting Your vehicle has a remote positive and a remote negative jump starting terminal The remote positive SY terminal is l
77. 2006 Pontiac Solstice Owner Manual Ci Seats and Restraint Systems 006 1 1 Driving Your Vehicle 0cccceseeeeeeeeees 4 1 Front S dts srianan ERE E 1 2 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle _ 4 2 Safety BeltS oo ceecceeceeeeeeeeee een eeeeen ees 1 4 TOWING sacuecovedateWeadwecteieacteetueseostacnnddeectcersss 4 34 Child Restraints ooo ee ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 18 Service and Appearance Cae ixcdis cticincssaessied 5 1 Airbag System senscnorescuesnersataddenssnnateeanatt 1 30 COGS E E T N E 5 3 Restraint System Check oo cece 1 43 FUGI o aa A E E e S 5 5 Features and Controls e eseeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 1 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 10 Keys serere n RE EA EER E EE 2 2 Rear Axl ssissvseeceesievietseiaveeescistenteesseveeeaes 5 39 Doors and LOCKS ooo cece ecc ec ecc cece cence een enes 2 7 Bulb Replacement ou ee ceceeceeee eee ee ee eee 5 40 A Tae 0 Sc 2 11 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 43 Theft Deterrent SysteMS o oo eeeeee eee eee ees 2 13 Mres aesa a saities 2 h doh ethane dhe a thas 5 44 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 16 Appearance Care oo eee eececceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaes 5 69 MiImOTS casucchnd nomi geen e eE 2 29 Vehicle Identification oo cece ec cece eeeeeea seen es 5 77 OnStar System oo eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 30 Electrical System oo kee cc ccc ec ee eee ee eee een es 5 77 Storage Ar
78. 28 SUN VISOIS ertas veerdeecaebecncsea ees cles coeiesiaeeecusaengnts 2 12 TaChoOmeter creissen riaan 3 22 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps eeeeeeee 5 42 Theft Deterrent Radio cccceeeeee eee eeeeeees 3 68 Theft Deterrent Systems 0cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 13 Content Theft Deterrent eeeeeeeeeee eee es 2 13 PASS Key Ul ooo ccc ccccccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 14 PASS Key Ill Operation cccccceceeeeeees 2 15 Throttle System Inspection ceeeeeee neers 6 20 Tilt Wheel 0 eeeeee eee E ED A EE 3 6 MILES eiere ea e OES 5 44 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels GICANING sccascteneaetaneactaetwanscszanstantenaneacenaraurs 5 74 Buying New Tires rieren besonnen 5 53 GRAINS dasri eaa EE RE 5 59 GIS ANG sasian nosni inanasan iii ants 5 75 Different S ZE 0 cc rsat torens neno narini ie 5 54 If a Tire Goes Flat ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 59 Inflation Tire Pressure 0 eceeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 50 Inspection and Rotation cece eee ee 5 51 Tires cont Tire Inflator Kit cee ce cece cece ee ee eee eee ee es 5 60 Tire Sidewall Labelling cceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 46 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 47 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeeeeeee 5 55 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 56 Wheel Replacement cseeeeeeeeeeree
79. 3 9935 GM of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Assistance Program As the owner of a new Pontiac vehicle you are automatically enrolled in the Pontiac Roadside Assistance program This value added service is intended to provide you with peace of mind as you drive in the city or travel the open road Contact Pontiac s Roadside Assistance toll free at 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 Roadside Assistance Representatives are available 24 hours a day 365 days a year We will provide the following services during the Bumper to Bumper warranty period at no expense to you e Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel 5 maximum for the customer to get to the nearest service station e Lock out Service identification required Replacement keys or locksmith service will be covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle Delivery of the replacement key will be covered within 10 miles 16 km e Emergency Tow Tow to the nearest dealership for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling accident Assistance provided when the vehicle is mired in sand mud or snow e Flat Tire Change Installation of a spare tire will be covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure e Jump Start No start occurrences which require a battery jump start
80. 4 e Ifyou are still having trouble see your dealer or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entry System Operation a a gt The vehicle s doors can be locked and unlocked and the trunk can be unlatched from about 3 feet 1 m up to 60 feet 18 m away with the remote keyless entry transmitter Lock Press the lock button to lock all the doors If enabled through the Driver Information Center DIC the parking lamps may flash once and the horn may chirp to indicate locking has occurred See LOCK HORN under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 40 m Unlock Press the unlock button one time to unlock the driver s door Press the unlock button again within five seconds to unlock the other doors The interior lamps will come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the parking lamps will flash once to indicate unlocking has occurred See UNLOCK HORN under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 40 i Trunk Release Press this button to release the trunk lid The trunk release will only work if the ignition is off or the vehicle speed is less than 2 mph 3 km h 2 Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm Press and release this button to help locate your vehicle The horn will sound three times and the hazard lamps will flash three times Press and hold the button for three seconds to sound the panic alarm The horn will sound and the haza
81. 70 FM Stereo FM stereo will give the best sound but FM signals will reach only about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada if available Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause loss of XM signal for a period of time The radio may display NO SIGNAL to indicate interference Care of Your CDs Handle CDs carefully Store them in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly or not at all If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Care of the CD Player The use of CD
82. A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer to fix it 1 15 To unlatch the belt just push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way Before you close the door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Passenger Position To learn how to wear the passenger s safety belt properly see Driver Position on page 1 10 The passenger s safety belt works the same way as the driver s safety belt except for one thing If you ever pull the shoulder portion of the belt out all the way you will engage the child restraint locking feature If this happens ju
83. Beam Changer 3 8 Safety Belt Reminder Light 0 0 0 0 0ceee 3 23 Flash to Pass E E E ee kee adeedidca EE 3 8 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light AEE ANT 3 23 Windshield WIPES minen ea ETA 3 9 Airbag Readiness Light 00 0 cccccescceseeeeeeees 3 24 Windshield Washer ccc cece ese ee cece ee eeeeaeeeeees 3 10 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 00 3 25 Cruise Control sc niceeetitedade israe 3 10 Charging System Light cccesceceeeeseeeeeeees 3 27 Headlamps SOEPEEEE EEE EEE 3 13 Brake System Warning Light 0 0cc0ccceeee 3 27 Headlamps on ReEMINEF cc ccc cee c eee eee eee eee 3 14 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light Laie ate 3 28 Daytime Running Lamps DRL eeee 3 14 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 29 Fog Lamps Gielen tigaitnaannes sae eii se ieee iey 3 14 Low Coolant Warning Light sorscosrurisineiissa 3 29 Instrument Panel Brightness s eee 3 15 Malfunction Indicator Lamp cccseeeeesees 3 30 Entry Exit Lighting sees 3 15 Oil Pressure Light o22 ccscn cast ctsescativshiecatebacasanc 3 32 Mirror Reading LAMPS atecadeseeeteatiingcthianendeees 3 15 Security Light ceca cdaecet ede teccncenontasi dat rennen 3 33 Battery Run Down Protection o ae 3 15 Reduced Engine Power Light 0 c0000e 3 34 Accessory Power Outlet s seet eee FiS Highbeam On Light a2 2icc sents seseaceseca
84. DING SEAT AIRBAG gN CHARGING e i a s I SYSTEM PARKING 0 0 DO NOT INSTALL LAMPS ZUUL NGNE A REAR FACING cere Q SCOLANT CHILD RESTRAINT EAN PORNE SECURE Zz IN THIS SEATING HAZARD CHILD SEAT POSITION WARNING FLASHER COOLANT AVOID PULL BELT SPARKS OR OUT e DO NOT INSTALL A FLAMES COMPLETELY VE FORWARD FACING DAYTIME O CAUSTIC BATTERY ACID COULD MOVE SEAT FULLY REARWARD THEN SECURE CHILD RESTRAINT RUNNING IN THIS SEATING ose CHILD SEAT LAMPS SPARK OR POSITION FLAME COULD power Ze 3 DOOR LOCK FOG ANTI LOCK SERVICE FXPLODE winpow UNLOCK LAMPS BRAKES MANUAL BATTERY ENGINE oiL D7 OWNER S PRESSURE MANUAL 4 NOTES vi Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Front Seats cccccecceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 1 2 Manual Seats cccceececeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 2 Reclining Seatbacks 2 2 2 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeen eee eenes 1 2 Seatback Latches cnisia epeari nnas 1 4 Safety Belts 0aeneneierneereresercrseerreressrerseenensees 1 4 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 1 4 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 1 9 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 10 Driver POSIIOM ics snceicstiesents eaeoe aan ent 1 10 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 0 1 16 Passenger Position eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 17 Safety Belt Pretensioners e eeeeeeee es 1 17 Safet
85. Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 57 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 70 000 Miles 112 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 57 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 75 000 Miles 120 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace the filter If vehicle is driven in dusty dirty conditions inspect filter at every engine oil change See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 18 for more information 80 000 Miles 128 000
86. E ee of aeina ai tecnica ncaa N 5 3 Accessories and Modifications 0 ee 5 3 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your VOMIGCIG sairaana Maceme tint iaahondens 5 5 California Proposition 65 Warning 06 5 3 Doing Your Own Work eceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeees 5 4 Engine Soon Light c ceceseseeeneeeeeneeee es 3 30 Publications Ordering Information 5 7 15 Vehicle Soon Light creirai sesinin 3 34 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 41 Setting the TiMe eis nerian in a 3 47 Sheet Metal Damage eeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenes 5 75 Shifting Into Park P s2c i scccsiecisceneieessies 2 25 Shifting Out of Park P eeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeee tenes 2 26 Signals Turn and Lane Change 06 0e0eee 3 8 Specifications Capacities ceeeeeeeeneeeeeeee 5 82 Speedometer cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeaeeaeeaes 3 22 Starting Your Engine ccceseeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 2 19 SICGHING oiii ct sccdreeadecctneeeeteheneead ceded ekani e 4 10 Steering and Suspension Inspection 4 6 19 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 2 0000 3 69 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel 0cceeeeee ee 3 6 10 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Area 0eeeeee ee 2 33 Gupholder S scsciceseesevcieteneincteaciiess 2 33 GIOVE BOX anr me ne n O R 2 33 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow 000e 4
87. F or 0 C let the engine run for a few minutes to warm up 3 If your engine still will not start or starts but then stops it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for about three seconds If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing but this time keep the pedal down for five or six seconds This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Notice Your engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty Automatic Transmission Operation If your vehicle has an automatic transmission the shift lever is located on the center console between the front seats 2 20 There are several different positions for the shift lever OOOOG PARK P This position locks the rear wheels It is the best position to use when you start the engine because your vehicle cannot move easily A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or
88. GM Part No U S 12377985 in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Hood Latch Assembly Secondary Latch Pivots Spring Anchor and Release Pawl Hood and Door Hinges Weatherstrip Conditioning Fluid Lubricant Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol GM Part No U S 12346293 in Canada 992723 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube GM Part No U S 12346241 in Canada 10953474 Dielectric Silicone Grease GM Part No U S 12345579 in Canada 992887 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your GM dealer Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts ACDelco Part Engine Air Cleaner Filter 15287103 fF O Engine Oil Filter 24460713 PF2244G Spark Plugs 12599232 41 981 Windshield Wiper Blade Hook Type Driver s Side 16 inches 40 cm 10344209 PF OS Passenger s Side 22 inches 55 cm 10344210 Pe Part E Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading and who performed the service and any additional information from Owner Checks and Services or Periodic Maintenance on the following record pages Also you should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Odometer n 6 24 Maintenance Record cont d Maintenance Record c
89. LK Unlock This feature which allows the vehicle to automatically unlock certain doors can be enabled or disabled When AUTO UNLK appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the available settings ALL default All of the doors will automatically unlock DRIVER The drivers door will automatically unlock NONE None of the doors will automatically unlock You will need to manually unlock the doors If you have a manual transmission vehicle the door s will automatically unlock when the key is turned off If you have an automatic transmission vehicle you can select when the automatic unlocking will occur See UNLK Automatic Transmission Only following See Automatic Door Unlock on page 2 9 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature 3 43 UNLK Unlock Automatic Transmission Only This screen displays only if your vehicle has an automatic transmission and DRIVER or ALL is selected for the AUTO UNLK feature This feature determines when the automatic door unlocking will occur When UNLK appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the available settings KEY OFF The door s will unlock when the key is turned off SHIFT TO P Park default The door s will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P See Automatic Door Unlock on page 2 9 for more information Ch
90. M will not access information about a crash event or share it with others other than e with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee e in response to an official request of police or similar government office e as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or e as required by law In addition once GM collects or receives data GM may e use the data for GM research needs e make it available for research where appropriate confidentiality is to be maintained and need is shown or e share summary data which is not tied to a specific vehicle with non GM organizations for research purposes Others such as law enforcement may have access to the special equipment that can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data If your vehicle is equipped with OnStar please check the OnStar subscription service agreement or manual for information on its operations and data collection Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs will diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same mater
91. NEUTRAL N or with the ignition off is dangerous Your brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down They could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have your engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill Know how to go uphill You may want to shift down to a lower gear The lower gears help cool your engine and transmission and you can climb the hill better Stay in your own lane when driving on two lane roads in hills or mountains Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane As you go over the top of a hill be alert There could be something in your lane like a stalled car or an accident You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of special problems Examples are long grades passing or no passing zones a falling rocks area or winding roads Be alert to these and take appropriate action 4 23 Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving e Have your vehicle in good shape for winter e You may want to put winter emergency supplies in your trunk Also see Tires on page 5 44 4 24 Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving u
92. Pa from the recommended inflation pressure you can inflate the tire back up to the recommended inflation pressure Dispose of the sealant canister at a local GM dealer or in accordance with your local state codes and practices After using the sealant canister replace it with a new canister from a GM dealer After temporarily repairing a tire with the emergency flat tire repair kit take your vehicle to an authorized GM dealer to have the tire inspected and repaired 5 65 Using the Air Compressor 3 Pull the air compressor inflator hose from the p ister without Sealant ee l 4 Push the air compressor inflator hose onto the To use the air compressor by itself to inflate a tire do tire valve stem and push the lever down to the following secure in place Ws Remove the air compressor accessory plug from 5 Ensure proper connection between the tire valve the air compressor stem and the air compressor hose by looking at the air pressure gage If there is not a pressure reading while the compressor is running the connection between the inflator kit and the tire is bad Check the attachment between the air compressor hose and the tire valve stem 6 Plug the air compressor accessory plug into an accessory power outlet in the vehicle See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 15 for more information 2 Unlock the air compressor hose from the sealant canister by pulling up on the lever 5 66 9 Inflate the tire up
93. Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 Cruise Control Buttons If Equipped See Cruise Control on page 3 10 Instrument Panel Cluster See Instrument Panel Cluster on page 3 21 Audio Steering Wheel Controls If Equipped See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 69 Instrument Panel Brightness Control See nstrument Panel Brightness on page 3 15 Passenger Air Bag Status Indicator See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 Hazard Warning Flashers Button See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Fog Lamp Button If Equipped See Fog Lamps on page 3 14 Drive Information Center DIC Controls See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 36 O CAM D Horn See Horn on page 3 6 Windshield Wiper Washer Controls See Windshield Wipers on page 3 9 and Windshield Washer on page 3 10 Climate Controls See Climate Control System on page 3 17 Cigarette Lighter If Equipped Accessory Power Outlet If Equipped See Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter on page 3 16 and Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 15 Shift Lever See Manual Transmission Operation on page 2 23 See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 20 if equipped with automatic transmission Parking Brake Lever See Parking Brake on page 2 24 Audio System See Audio System s on page 3 45 Cupholder See Cupholder s on page 2 33 Trunk Release See Trunk on page 2 9 Glove Box See Glove Box on page 2 33 Hazard Warning Flashers
94. Steps One and Two you should file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce any additional rights you may have Canadian owners refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet for information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program Online Owner Center The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs Specific ve
95. Wiper Blade Replacement 5 43 MIYOS ac cite er aaeain tenes ded cass SET EEN 5 44 Tire Sidewall Labelling cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 46 Tire Terminology and Definitions 0 5 47 Inflation Tire PreSSure ccceeeeeeeeee eens 5 50 Tire Inspection and Rotation cee 5 51 When It Is Time for New Tires ccecce 5 52 Buying New TIOS arris inaen 5 53 Different Size Tires and Wheels n 5 54 Uniform Tire Quality Grading seeeeeeeeeeeeen 5 55 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 56 Wheel Replacement e eceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 56 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care WieVGNAINS moenia E ES 5 59 If a Tire Goes Flat emnrncuscnomins emanas 5 59 TiFen ntlator Kit wtcscsccaccauactitncaesa ck ana 5 60 Appearance Care c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 69 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle 5 69 Fabric Carpet ccceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 70 Leather vscii ids ies waskiesk sete esa areseSeciesieassereeesd 5 71 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUfaCeS sisirin nerale tinier 5 71 Care of Safety Belts ssnidcrciuniiecnnirisi 5 72 WeeathhOrsttipS iieciscc te sncstn ronnie tcontedinatacenshendedie 5 72 Washing Your Vehicle eeseeeeeeeeererees 5 72 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0000 5 72 Finish Cane cin ican ceciatders matt aude EE E E 5 73 Windshield and Wiper Blades
96. a hot engine An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Locate the interior hood release lever It is located below the instrument panel on the driver s side of the vehicle 2 Pull down on the rear edge of the lever to release the hood latch 3 Go to the side of the vehicle and pull up on the rear edge of the hood near the windshield to open the hood Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Then just pull the hood down and close it firmly Engine Compartment Overview If you are standing on the driver s side of the vehicle when you open the hood here is what you will see fr Engine Side View Shown 5 12 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 18 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 29 Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 25 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 31 and Hydraulic Clutch on page 5 19 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 35 Remote Negative Ground Out of View See Jump Starting on page 5 35 Underhoo
97. a second and you could crash and be injured What can you do about highway hypnosis First be aware that it can happen Then here are some tips e Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated with a comfortably cool interior e Keep your eyes moving Scan the road ahead and to the sides Check your rearview mirrors and your instruments frequently e If you get sleepy pull off the road into a rest service or parking area and take a nap get some exercise or both For safety treat drowsiness on the highway as an emergency 4 22 Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from driving in flat or rolling terrain If you drive regularly in steep country or if you are planning to visit there here are some tips that can make your trips safer and more enjoyable Keep your vehicle in good shape Check all fluid levels and also the brakes tires cooling system and transmission These parts can work hard on mountain roads Know how to go down hills The most important thing to know is this let your engine do some of the slowing down Shift to a lower gear when you go down a steep or long hill A CAUTION If you do not shift down your brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let your engine assist your brakes on a steep downhill slope A CAUTION Coasting downhill in
98. adlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 e Flash to Pass See Flash to Pass on page 3 8 e ZD Exterior Light Control See Headlamps on page 3 13 Turn and Lane Change Signals The turn signal has two upward for right and two downward for left positions These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will return automatically An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change To signal a lane change just raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash Hold it there until you complete your lane change The lever will return by itself when you release it As you signal a turn or a lane change if the arrows flash rapidly a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers will not see your turn signal If a bulb is burned out replace it to help avoid an accident If the arrows do not go on at all when you signal a turn check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 78 3 8 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change the headlamps from low beam to high beam push the turn signal lever away from you When the high beams are on this light on the instrument panel cluster will also be on To change the headlamps from high beam to low beam pull the turn signal lever toward you Flash to Pass This feature lets you use your high beam headlamp
99. aintenance Inspections Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Part E Maintenance Record 0008 Scheduled Maintenance Steering and Suspension Inspection Throttle System Inspection c ceeeeee neces Using Your Vehicle and the Environment Malfunction Indicator Light ceeeeeeeeeeeee es Manual Seats ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeneeees Manual Transmission FUA eee ier rr r E A OP CFALION serseri ai naaa a Manual Windows Message DIC Warnings and Messages eseeeeeeee Mirror Reading Lamps s eeeeeeeeeeeeeeen tees Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror ccceeeeseeeeeees Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar Mirrors cont Outside Manual Mirror c cceceeeeeeeeeeaee 2 30 Outside Power Mirrors ccccceseeeeeeeeeeaes 2 30 My GMILIAK COM cicecsncctueesstelanetens iaaii anne 7 3 New Vehicle Break In c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 16 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 23 Odomele sonetin naia n E EER 3 22 Off Road ReCOVETY eceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee een eene es 4 12 Oil ENGINE siseat 2etsicetena ne 5 13 Pressure LIQNt 0 s2ccctcgeeignetes ish capiat 3 32 Oil Engine Oil Life System eee eee 5 16 Older Children Restraints c ccccceeeeee ease 1 18 Online Owner Center ccceeeceeeneeee
100. akers ccceeeeeees 5 78 Headlamp WING c c cccee cee ecnetee ee edeeneee ences 5 78 Electrical System cont Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 78 Underhood Fuse BIOCck eeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 80 Engine Air Cleaner Filter ccccceceseceeeeeeeeeeneeee es 5 18 Battery oega cotati ited ioeecece E 5 34 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 3 30 Goolanit recesie ineo aneia E ENTES 5 19 Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 29 Cooling System Inspection cceeeee ee 6 20 Engine Compartment Overview 5 12 EXMAUSE Ge rone a E EE 2 28 SEEE AEE A E AS E 5 13 Oil Life Syste sici csin sna eeea eee eeaeeeeeaes 5 16 Overheated Protection Operating Mode 5 25 Overheating sereisas iron ee ieS 5 23 Reduced Power Light serciiiireriiinisniianienisiis 3 34 Sta MNG eadeni i E E NEE 2 19 Entry Exit LIQHting isseire acon esnias 3 15 Event Data Recorders EDR csccsccccrercceree 7 9 Extender Safety Belt cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 17 Filter Engine Air Cleaner cececeeeeeeeneeeeeneeee es 5 18 Finish Damage mcasaveitesd aenooiaee 5 75 Fixed Mast Antenna cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 71 Rlashto Pas S dsa a a A a 3 8 Flat Tir siouiieriisenonaisi e i 5 59 Fluid Automatic Transmission ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 19 Manual Transmission c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 5 19 Power Steering cccee
101. alled torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transmission on page 2 25 When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of PARK P before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK P 2 26 Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transmission This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lock release system The shift lock release is designed to e Prevent ignition key removal unless the shift lever is in PARK P with the shift lever button fully released and e prevent movement of the shift lever out of PARK P unless the ignition is in a position other than LOCK The shift lock release is always functional except in the case of a discharged or low voltage less than 9 volt battery If your vehicle has a discharged battery or a battery with low voltage try charging or jump starting the battery See Jump Starting on page 5 35 for more information If you still cannot move the shift lever from PARK P consult your dealer or a professional towing service Parking Your Vehicle Parking Over Things That Burn Manual Transmission Va If your vehicle has a manual tr
102. ally folded by pulling them toward the vehicle This feature may be useful when going through a car wash or a confined space Push the mirrors away from the vehicle to the normal position before driving OnStar System OnStar uses global positioning system GPS satellite technology wireless communications and live advisors to provide you with a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency where we can request emergency services be sent to your location If you lock your keys in the car call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock your doors If you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they will get you the help you need A complete OnStar User s Guide and the Terms and Conditions of the OnStar Subscription Service Agreement are included in the vehicle s glove box literature For more information visit www onstar com or www onstar ca Contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or press the OnStar button to speak to an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Terms and conditions of the Subscription Service Agreement can be found at www onstar com or www onstar ca OnStar Services For new vehicles equipped with OnStar the Safe and Sound Plan is included for one year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond the first y
103. also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the hotline 7 14 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect you should immediately notify Transport Canada in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited You may call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Place de Ville Tower C 330 Sparks Street Ottawa Ontario K1A ON5 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this we certainly hope you ll notify us Please call us at 1 800 762 2737 or write Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 In Canada please call us at 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French Or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Transmission Transaxle Transfer Case Unit Repair Manual This manual provides information on unit repair service procedures adjustments and specifications for GM transmissions transaxles and transfer cases Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give technical service information neede
104. ance Schedule We at General Motors want to keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You may drive short distances only a few times a week Or you may drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You may use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you may drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs may vary You may need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your dealer This part tells you the maintenance services you should have done and when to schedule them When you go to your dealer for your service needs you will know that GM trained and supported service people will perform the work using genuine GM parts The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Part D Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses these All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle These schedules are for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these on the tire and loading information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5
105. and a noticeable reduction in the vehicle s performance may occur This light will come on briefly when the ignition is turned on If the reduced engine power light is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while the reduced engine power light is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime the reduced engine power light stays on the vehicle should be taken to an authorized GM dealer as soon as possible for service 3 34 Highbeam On Light This light will come on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 Service Vehicle Soon Light ES This light will come on if you have problems that may require the vehicle to be taken in for service If the light comes on take your vehicle to a GM dealer for service as soon as possible This light will come on briefly when the ignition is turned on Fuel Gage Your fuel gage tells you about how much fuel you have left lt p Here are four things that some owners ask about None of these show a problem with your fuel gage e At the service station the gas pump shuts off before the gage reads full e It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated the tank was half full but it actually took a little mor
106. and set the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever into PARK P by holding the button on the shift lever and pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK 4 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from PARK P without first pushing the button If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into PARK P 2 25 Torque Lock If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transmission into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is c
107. ansmission Before leaving your vehicle fully press the clutch pedal in move the shift lever in either FIRST 1 gear or REVERSE R and firmly apply the parking brake See Manual Transmission Operation on page 2 23 A CAUTION Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn 2 27 Engine Exhaust Running the Engine While Parked PAcauTion It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION A CAUTION Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 2 28 Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death You might have exhaust coming in if e Your exhaust system sounds strange or different Your vehicle gets rusty underneath Your vehicle was damaged in a collision carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris Repairs were not done c
108. any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer will Know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire clearance to the body and chassis A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and ca
109. arting the Engine Automatic Transmission Move your shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N Your engine will not start in any other position that is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Do not try to shift to PARK P if your vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Manual Transmission The shift lever should be in NEUTRAL and the parking brake engaged Hold the clutch pedal to the floor and start the engine Your vehicle will not start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down that is a safety feature Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn your ignition to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Notice Holding your key in START for longer than 15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be drained much sooner And the excessive heat can damage your starter motor Wait about 15 seconds between each try to help avoid draining your battery or damaging your starter 2 If it does not start wait about 15 seconds and try again to start the engine by turning the ignition to START Wait about 15 seconds between each try When your engine has run about 10 seconds to warm up your vehicle is ready to be driven Do not run your engine at high speed when it is cold If the weather is below freezing 32
110. as recommended in this manual Engine Specifications Engine _VINCode Spark Plug Gap Automatic 5 82 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0 ceeeeeeeeneees 6 2 At Least Once a Year scese 6 15 IMtHOGUCHION seserian ee a ia reS 6 2 Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections 6 19 Maintenance Requirements scssserereserenrennns 6 2 Steering and Suspension Inspection 6 19 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Exhaust System Inspection ceeeeeeeeeees 6 19 How This Section is Organized 0eeeee 6 2 Fuel System Inspection ceeeeeeeeee teeters 6 19 Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services 6 4 Engine Cooling System Inspection 5 6 20 Using the Maintenance Schedule 00 6 4 Throttle System Inspection eeeeeeeeee ees 6 20 Scheduled Maintenance cceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 6 4 Brake System Inspection seeeeeeeeeeee tees 6 20 Part B Owner Checks and Services 6 13 Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 21 At Each Fuel Fill sits ccsncsesesescelieeraaseiesacdes 6 13 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 23 At Least Once a Month ceeeeeeeeeeee eee e ees 6 14 Part E Maintenance Record ccecce 6 24 At Least Twice a Year ccceeeeeeeeeeee etree ees 6 14 6 1 Maintenance Schedule
111. ation 7 15 Daytime Running Lamps ceeeeeeeeeeeee tees 3 14 Defensive Driving 2 c eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Delayed Locking c eeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeseeeeneeeees 2 8 Doing Your Own Service Work 0 eeeeeeees 5 4 Door Automatic Door LOCK cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 2 8 Automatic Door Unlock cccceeeeeaeeeeeeees 2 9 Delayed LOCKING serseri nnsa beneiderceneeeaeea ones 2 8 Manual Door LOCKS ccceceeeeee eee eeeeeeeeee 2 7 Power Door LOCKS siisi arnei 2 7 Driver Position Safety Belt cceeeeeeeeeee esos 1 10 Driver Information Center DIC eeeeeee 3 36 DIC Operation and Displays ceeeeeeee 3 36 DIC Vehicle Personalization c 0000e 3 40 DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 38 Driving AU INIGI oreco ma ES E 4 15 GR AE EE ahimettontumeane nen ceareasanmenes 4 19 Defensie in a e N aE D 4 2 DIMAKG Mh meedansen 4 3 Freeway sensciccctes Seek geday tae ber a p Enia 4 20 Hill and Mountain Roads cccceeeeeeeeee 4 22 In Rain and on Wet Roads 0ceeeee ee 4 16 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 29 WHITER orreina tamnaseaebavemedace acncedaceedueawagaed 4 24 Electrical System Add On Equipment ceeeeeeneeeeeneee tenes 5 77 Floor Console Fuse Block cccceeeeeeees 5 78 Fuses and Circuit Bre
112. be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada Your vehicle has a light sensor on top of the instrument panel Make sure it is not covered or the headlamps will come on when you do not need them The DRL system will make both front turn signal lamps turn on when the following conditions are met e The ignition is on e The exterior lamp control is turned to AUTO e The light sensor detects daytime light e The shift lever is not in PARK P While the DRL system is on the taillamps sidemarker lamps and instrument panel lights will not be illuminated 3 14 The DRL system will be off any time your vehicle is in PARK P The DRL system on U S vehicles can also be turned off by using the off on switch for one ignition cycle As with any vehicle you should turn on the regular headlamp system when you need it The DRL system will turn off whenever the park brake is engaged or if vehicle speed is less than 5 mph after the vehicle is started Fog Lamps If your vehicle is equipped with a fog lamp button it is located on the instrument 40 panel to the right of the steering wheel The ignition must be on to turn your fog lamps on Push the button to turn the fog lamps on An indicator light on the switch will come on when the fog lamps are on Push the button again to turn the fog lamps off The par
113. before you do it See Engine Coolant on page 5 19 for more information If no coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank add coolant as follows A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the coolant surge tank pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and coolant surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap 5 27 A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture 5 28 A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do no
114. ble for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair Generally it is not possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information Courtesy Transportation is available during the Bumper to Bumper warranty coverage period but it is not part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Courtesy Transportation is available only at participating dealers and all program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel Canadian Vehicles For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle Coverage period of the General Motors of Canada New Vehicle Limited Warranty alternative transportation may be available under the Courtesy Transportation Program Please consult your dealer for details General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders
115. body and the trunk lid Make sure all other windows are shut Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate Control System If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 2 28 Remote Trunk Release To open the trunk from inside the vehicle press the remote trunk release button located in the glovebox The remote trunk release will only work when either the ignition is off or in ACC the parking brake is engaged or the vehicle speed is less than 2 mph 3 km h Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the inside There is a glow in the dark emergency trunk release handle located inside the trunk on the driver s side This handle will glow following exposure to light Pull the release handle and push the trunk lid open from the inside to open the trunk Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets ina vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from h
116. braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected 5 54 A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 53 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for additional information Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim
117. broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs later in this section If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a soft marker instead Notice If you add any label to a CD insert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged CDs you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section amp EJECT Press the CD eject button to eject CD s To eject the CD that is currently playing press and release this button You will hear a beep and Ejecting Disc will be displayed Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc will appear on display The CD can be removed If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD will be automatically pulled back into the player and begin playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold the eject button for two seconds to eject all discs JJ Tune Turn this knob to select tracks on the CD currently playing Ki SEEK D Press the left SEEK arrow to go
118. can Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommended that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both will provide easier cold starting and better protection for your engine at extremely low temperatures Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to your oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you will need for good performance and engine protection When to Change Engine Oil Vehicles Without a Driver Information Center If your vehicle does not have a Driver Information Center DIC change the engine oil and filter at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 If your vehicle has a Driver Information Center it has the Engine Oil Life System See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 for information on when to change your engine oil Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil Vehicles With Driver Information Center If your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC it has the Engine Oil Life System a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revo
119. cate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there s a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on as you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Please follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So please get to know your warning lights and gages They re a big help Instrument Panel Cluster Your instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going about how much fuel is left in the tank and many other things you will need to drive safely and economically 3 4 rpm x 1000 United States Cluster shown Canada similar 3 21 Speedometer and Odometer Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h Your vehicle s odometer works together with the driver information center If equipped you can set a Trip A and Trip B odometer See Trip Information under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 36 The odometer mileage can be checked without the vehicle running Simply open the driver s door and the mileage will be displayed briefly If your vehicle ever needs a new odometer installed the new one will be s
120. ccccceeeeee ease es 2 13 PASS Key Illi ssimic Slat eee der neki 2 14 PASS Key Ill Operation 0 0ccccccceeeeeeeeee 2 15 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 16 New Vehicle Break In ccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeees 2 16 lgnitior POSITIONS s s sicseseLecieseeeeeeedie cater iseeeecndel 2 17 Retained Accessory Power RAP 066 2 19 Starting the Engine ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 2 19 Automatic Transmission Operation 6 2 20 Manual Transmission Operation 000 2 23 Parking Brake sicccc cinsdsestccnersnssadimcgneetaan eee beans 2 24 Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transmission eeeeeeeee eee 2 25 Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transmission eeeeeeee eee 2 26 Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission seee 2 27 Parking Over Things That Burn s es 2 27 Engine Exhaust 2i cc rctics ica csperrepeneeretixcteteneden 2 28 Running the Engine While Parked 2 28 MINN ONS opisi adoa ai a E 2 29 Manual Rearview Mirror cccccccececececeneen 2 29 Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar 2 29 Outside Manual Mirror eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 30 Outside Power Mirrors sceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 30 OnStar System 0cccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 30 Storage Areas 0 cee eee te eee eee eeneeee es 2 33 GIOVE BOX seriet secutive se e e OE staan 2 33 Cupholde
121. ce 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in your vehicle PASS Key Ill Operation Your vehicle is equipped with PASS Key IIl Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key Ill is a passive theft deterrent system This means you do not have to do anything special to arm or disarm the system It works when you insert or remove the key from the ignition When the PASS Key Ill system senses that someone is using the wrong key it prevents the vehicle from starting Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged because of the high number of electrical key codes When trying to start the vehicle if the engine does not start and the security light on the instrument panel cluster comes on the key may have a damaged transponder Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start
122. ce with a new sealant canister See your 2 Disconnect the air compressor inflator hose from GM dealer for more information the sealant canister 5 68 To install a new sealant canister do the following 1 Align the sealant filling hose with the slot in the air compressor 2 Push the sealant canister down and rotate it clockwise 3 Push the air compressor inflator hose onto the sealant canister inlet and push the lever down Appearance Care Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only o
123. ceeecercdecasceisaae dec eceaenter 6 20 Instrument Panel OVEIVICW oo cece e ete cece eect ea eeaeeaeeaeeaeeeeeaeees 3 4 Instrument Panel I P Brig MESS sic naii ries erate cnbaccae i oa 3 15 GlUStEr eenei eE E Ea 3 21 JUMP Stating siscarccenvtacenctiactepesdcantanctnasecsacneaie 5 35 Keyless Entry System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 2 3 OVS iicecaci EE E E E seen 2 2 Labelling Tire Sidewall ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 46 Lamps Battery Run Down Protection a a 3 15 FOO easan cat iwieds a a a aE 3 14 Mirror Reading isimoriiesissnepissuiiu a 3 15 LATCH System Child Restraints 0 cccceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 1 26 Latches Seatback ccccccccceeceeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeees 1 4 Light Airbag Readiness 2ccesscncneeneeseantvaubenices 3 24 Anti Lock Brake System Warning 6 3 28 Brake System Warning eseeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 3 27 Charging System cceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeneeeeenes 3 27 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning 3 29 Highbeam ON seseina eraa 3 34 Low Coolant Warning ceseeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 3 29 Low Fuel Warning sciis renns minorenni 3 35 Malfunction Indicator secossa 3 30 Oil PRESSUPE 2022500522 annia n e a a 3 32 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 25 Light cont Passenger Safety Belt Reminder 3 23 Reduced Engine Power csseseeeeereneee 3 34 Safety Belt Reminder cce
124. cessory power plugs only Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter Your vehicle may have an ashtray and cigarette lighter To use the lighter located on the instrument panel below the radio push it in all the way and let go When it is ready it will pop back out by itself Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating will not allow the lighter to back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating may occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating To clean the center console ashtray remove the entire ashtray and empty it Notice f you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray Climate Controls Climate Control System Climate Control System with Air Conditioning shown Climate Control System without Air Conditioning similar With this system you can control the heating and ventilation of your vehicle You may also be able to control the cooling of your vehicle if equipped The in between mode will be a combination of the two modes that the control is selected between Temperature Turn the left knob on the control panel to adjust the temperature of the air in the vehicle Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature 34 Ai
125. chanism Keep people away from your vehicle when you are lowering or raising the top Lowering the Manual Convertible Top 1 on KR Park on a level surface and set the parking brake Shift an automatic transmission into PARK P Shift a manual transmission into FIRST 1 or REVERSE R Make sure the ignition is turned off Push the trunk release button located in the glove box or on the remote keyless entry if equipped Lift the trunk a SSK 5 The convertible top front latch located above the inside rearview mirror must be unlatched Pull the latch down and turn it counterclockwise to unlatch it Leave the latch open and rotated to prevent damage 6 Pull rearward on the side edge B of the convertible top and pull it off of the windshield frame 7 Push the convertible top down into the trunk D tat SS ro cs After the top is stored apply one even push as shown on the convertible top to ensure that the top is fully retracted and securely stored Close the trunk D by pressing down on it with a swift firm motion 2 35 Raising the Manual Convertible Top 6 Close the trunk D by pushing it down with a swift 1 Park on a level surface set the parking brake firmly firma mation and shift an automatic transmission into PARK P Shift a manual transmission into FIRST 1 or REVERSE R 2 Make sure the ignition is turned off and lower the windows 3 Push th
126. ck when the shift lever is moved out of PARK P for a vehicle with an automatic transmission For a vehicle with a manual transmission the speed must be greater than 5 mph 8 km h The automatic door locking feature cannot be disabled Automatic Door Unlock If your vehicle has power door locks the doors with automatically unlock when the shift lever is moved into PARK P for vehicles with an automatic transmission For vehicles with a manual transmission the doors will automatically unlock when the key is removed from the ignition The automatic unlock feature cannot be disabled unless your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC and an automatic transmission If your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC it can be programmed to automatically unlock the doors several ways for vehicles with an automatic transmission See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 40 for more information Trunk To release the trunk lid from the outside use the remote keyless entry RKE transmitter if equipped If your vehicle does not have an RKE transmitter see Remote Trunk Release following A CAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the trunk lid open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the trunk lid open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the
127. d Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 80 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 13 Battery Out of View See Battery on page 5 34 Engine Oil Dipstick Out of View See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 13 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 30 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check your engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the MIN minimum mark you will need to add at least one quart liter of oil But you must use the right kind This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 82 Notice Do not add too much oil If your engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper ma
128. d for your vehicle from the factory If Calibration Error appears on the display it means that the radio has not been configured properly for your vehicle and it must be returned to your dealer for service Locked This message is displayed when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up the radio Take the vehicle to your dealer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer 3 49 Playing a CD Single CD Player Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player will pull it in and the CD should begin playing If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it will stay in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD will start playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol will appear on the radio display As each new track starts to play the track number will appear on the display The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There may be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If
129. d get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly Q What if a child is wearing a lap shoulder belt but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is very close to the child s face or neck A Move the child toward the center of the vehicle but be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child s shoulder so that in a crash the child s upper body would have the restraint that belts provide A CAUTION Never do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt can not properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time A CAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child If the child wears the belt in this way in a crash the child might slide under the belt The belt s force would then be applied right on the child s abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries 1 20
130. d methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbony MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT General Motors recommends against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on If this occurs return to your authorized GM dealer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel may be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel is against the law in some places Keep door on the driver s side of the vehicle chi
131. d on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 5 49 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following e Too much flexing e Too much heat e Tire overloading e Premature or irregular wear e Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear e Poor handling e Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards 5 50 A Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar below the driver s door latch This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and
132. d to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions 5 71 Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 21 5 72 Washing Your Vehicle The paint finish on the vehicle provides beauty depth of color gloss retention and durability The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep
133. d to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle In Canada information pertaining to Product Service Bulletins can be obtained by contacting your General Motors dealer or by calling 1 800 GM DRIVE 1 800 463 7483 Owner s Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner s manual will include the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner s Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 Without Portfolio Owner s Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 Current and Past Model Order Forms Service Publications are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form please specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at www helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds A Accessories and Modificat
134. darerendsas 3 34 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 5 3 16 3 1 Section 3 Instrument Panel Service Vehicle Soon Light eeeeeeeeee ee 3 34 Radio with CD Base ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 48 FUG GAGE meteier aa a EA Re EE 3 35 Radio with CD MP3 cceeeeeeeee teense eee ees 3 53 Low Fuel Warning Light a an 3 35 Theft Deterrent Feature eceeeeeereeeeeee ee 3 68 Driver Information Center DIC 3 36 Audio Steering Wheel Controls s s s 3 69 DIC Operation and Displays 00 ccccceeeeee 3 36 Radio Reception c ccecececeeeeeeeeeeeenenees 3 70 DIC Warnings and Messages cceeseeeeeeees 3 38 Care of Your CDS ccccccc cece cece ee eeeeneneneaes 3 71 DIC Vehicle Personalization ccccseeeeeees 3 40 Care of the CD Player seeteeeeeeee 3 71 Fixed Mast Antenna ceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeees 3 71 Audio System s ere seen etna eeeneeseeteesenaeeeneeeeaes 3 45 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System Setting the Time Without Date Display 3 47 Trunk Mounted 3 71 Setting the Time With Date Display Ne 4 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview The main components of your instrument panel are the following A Side Window Outlets See Climate Control System on page 3 17 Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 3 20 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever See Turn
135. diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics 5 55 Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C r
136. do not get too close Time your move so you will be increasing speed as the time comes to move into the other lane If the way is clear to pass you will have a running start that more than makes up for the distance you would lose by dropping back And if something happens to cause you to cancel your pass you need only slow down and drop back again and wait for another opportunity If other vehicles are lined up to pass a slow vehicle wait your turn But take care that someone is not trying to pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle Remember to glance over your shoulder and check the blind spot Check your mirrors glance over your shoulder and start your left lane change signal before moving out of the right lane to pass When you are far enough ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your inside mirror activate your right lane change signal and move back into the right lane Remember that your right outside mirror is convex The vehicle you just passed may seem to be farther away from you than it really is Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on two lane roads Reconsider before passing the next vehicle Do not overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly Even though the brake lamps are not flashing it may be slowing down or starting to turn If you are being passed make it easy for the following driver to get ahead of you Perhaps you can ease alittle to the right Loss of Control Let us r
137. e of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service If you have not used your vehicle under severe service conditions listed previously and therefore have not changed your automatic transmission fluid change both the fluid and filter 6 12 150 000 Miles 240 000 km Q Drain flush and refill cooling system or every 60 months since last service whichever occurs first This service can be complex you should have your dealer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 19 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap An Emission Control Service Q Inspect engine accessory drive belt Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary An Emission Control Service Part B Owner Checks and Services Listed in this part are owner checks and services which should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Part D At Each Fuel Fill It is important for you or a service
138. e Light seeeeeeeeeeee es 3 34 Retained Accessory RAP lacee 2 19 Steering FW miem riak cee 5 29 WIUNGOWS fines anaa aE peau ESE 2 12 Pretensioners Safety Belt cceeeeeeeeeees 1 17 Q Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 1 9 PRAGIOS sccsncacstersceesecstesscadan n aAa 3 45 Care of Your CD Player a e 3 71 Care of Your CDS ccceceeceeeeceee teeta teens 3 71 Radio With CD ce ccecnedamcncensn chiteriantiemenets 3 48 3 53 Setting the TIME ceeeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeee eens 3 47 Theft Deterrent ccceceeeeeee eset eset eeeeeeees 3 68 Understanding Reception ceeeeeeeeeees 3 70 Rear AXI 2 2 0 0 ccc eccececececeeeeeeeeee nese ease eeeeeeeeee 5 39 Limited Slip sersem a ea a ENEA 4 9 Rearview Mirror with OnStar o n 2 29 Rearview Mirrors 2 2 2 ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 29 Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 1 2 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeeeeee 4 34 Reduced Engine Power Light 3 34 Remote Keyless Entry System c eeeeeeeeeee es 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry System Operation 2 4 Replacement Bulbs c eeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeee 5 43 Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government 6 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 7 14 General Motors ceccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 15 United States Government eeeeeeeee eee 7 14 Restrai
139. e Light If you have a low engine oil pressure problem this light will stay on after you start your engine or come on when you are driving This indicates that your engine is not receiving enough oil The engine could be low on oil or could have some other oil problem Have it fixed immediately The oil light could also come on in three other situations Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil e When the ignition is on but the engine is not running the light will come on as a test to show you it is working but the light will go out when you turn the ignition to START If it does not come on with the ignition on you may have a problem with the fuse or bulb Have it fixed right away Security Light e If you are idling at a stop sign the light may blink 4 2 poe j This light flashes when the on and then off i vehicle security system is e If you make a hard stop the light may come on for activated a moment This is normal f A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced 3 33 Reduced Engine Power Light or If the reduced engine power light is on a chime will sound
140. e area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly re adjust or remove the device if it is contacting your vehicle and do not spin your wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the rear tires If a Tire Goes Flat Your vehicle has a tire inflator kit There is no spare tire no tire changing equipment and no place to store a tire It is unusual for a tire to blow out while you are driving especially if you maintain your tires properly See Tires on page 5 44 lf air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blow out here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blow out particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blow out remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the ve
141. e before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 1 42 Q Because have a disability have to get my A vehicle modified How can I find out whether this will affect my airbag system Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module located in the console or the instrument panel can affect the operation of the airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you ina crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Also look for any opened or broken airbag covers and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance Notice If you damag
142. e coolant Have the cooling system serviced by your GM dealer as soon as possible See Engine Coolant on page 5 19 for more information PARKING BRAKE This message will display if the parking brake is left engaged See Parking Brake on page 2 24 SERVICE AIR BAG This message will display when there is a problem with the airbag system Have your vehicle serviced by your GM dealer immediately TRUNK AJAR This message will display when the trunk lid of your vehicle is not closed completely You should make sure that the trunk lid is closed completely See Trunk on page 2 9 3 40 DIC Vehicle Personalization Your vehicle has personalization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to a preferred setting All of the features listed may not be available on your vehicle Only the features available will be displayed on your DIC The default settings for the features were set when your vehicle left the factory but may have been changed from their default state since that time To change feature settings use the following procedure Entering Personalization Menu 1 Turn the ignition on while the vehicle is stopped 2 Press and hold the information and reset buttons at the same time for several seconds then release to enter the personalization menu If the vehicle speed is greater than 2 mph 3 km h only the UNITS menu will be accessible 3 Press the information button to scroll through the available
143. e ina highly visible location such as the inside of the upper left corner of the windshield or to the face of the radio clock The maximum speed label reminds you to drive cautiously and not to exceed 55 mph 90 km h until you have the damaged tire inspected and repaired A CAUTION Storing the tire inflator kit or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store the tire inflator kit in the proper place 17 18 19 20 Return the equipment to the proper storage location in the trunk of your vehicle You may need to loosen the retention strap to wrap it around the inflator kit and foam container To do this pull apart the strap and loosen the strap at the quick release buckle Then snap the buckle together pull the strap tight and secure the loose end of the strap by mating the ends Immediately drive the vehicle 5 miles 8 km to distribute the sealant evenly in the tire Stop at a safe location and check the tire pressure refer to Steps 1 through 8 under Using the Air Compressor without Sealant next in this section If the tire pressure has fallen more then 10 psi 68 kPa below the recommended inflation pressure stop driving the vehicle The tire is too damaged for the sealant to work See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 If the tire pressure has not dropped more than 10 psi 68 k
144. e oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 51 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 25 000 Miles 40 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 51 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 30 000 Miles 48 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace the filter If vehicle is driven in dusty dirty conditions inspect
145. e or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank e The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or speed up e The gage doesn t go back to empty when you turn off the ignition For your fuel tank capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 82 Low Fuel Warning Light This light will come on briefly when you are starting the engine This light also comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel When you add fuel the light should go off If it does not have your vehicle serviced 3 35 Driver Information Center DIC Your vehicle may have a Driver Information Center DIC The DIC display gives you the status of many of your vehicle s systems The DIC is also used to display driver personalization menu modes and warning status messages All messages will appear in the DIC display located at the bottom of the tachometer on the instrument panel cluster ee EK The DIC buttons are located on the left side of the steering wheel EK Information Press this button to scroll through the vehicle information mode displays 1 Reset Press this button to reset some vehicle information mode displays select a personalization menu mode setting or acknowledge a warning message 3 36 Press and hold the information and reset buttons at the same time for several seconds then release the buttons to enter the personalization menu See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 40 for more informa
146. e repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 800 424 9393 or 366 0123 in the Washington D C area or write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can
147. e requirements for your vehicle To determine the proper viscosity for your vehicle s engine see Engine Oil on page 5 13 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and use only DEX COOL Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 5 19 Engine Oil Engine Coolant Usage Fluid Lubricant Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid Hydraulic Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or Clutch System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid GM Part No U S 89021184 in Cees 89021186 eee Optikleen Washer Solvent Manual Transmission Automatic Transmission Key Lock Cylinders Manual Transmission Fluid GM Part No U S 89021806 in cone 89021807 DEXRON VI Automatic Transmission Fluid Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube GM Part No U S 12346241 i Canada 10953474 6 21 Usage Fluid Lubricant Rear Axle Rear Axle Limited Slip Differential Chassis Lubrication 6 22 SAE 75W 90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant GM Part No U S 12378261 in Canada 10953455 meeting GM Specification 9986115 SAE 75W 90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant GM Part No U S 12378261 in Canada 10953455 meeting GM Specification 9986115 With a complete drain and refill add 4 ounces 118 ml of Limited Slip Axle Lubricant Additive GM Part No U S 1052358 in Canada 992694 where required See Rear Axle on page 5 39 Chassis Lubricant
148. e switch stays in the RUN position when the engine is running But even when the ignition is not running you can use RUN to operate your electrical accessories and to display some warning and indicator lights Q START This position starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition switch will return to RUN for normal driving A warning tone will sound if you open the driver s door while in LOCK or ACC when the key has not been removed from the ignition Shift Lock Release The following procedure allows the ignition to be turned to LOCK and for ignition key removal in case of a dead battery or low voltage battery 1 Make sure the shift lever is in PARK P 2 Using a tool pry off the cover from the bottom of the steering column 3 Place your finger into the access hole and locate the plunger 4 Press and hold the plunger toward the driver s door while turning the ignition key to LOCK Remove the key Have your vehicle serviced at your GM dealer as soon as possible Retained Accessory Power RAP Your vehicle is equipped with a Retained Accessory Power RAP feature which will allow the radio and power windows to continue to work up to 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off Your vehicle s radio will work when the ignition key is in RUN or ACC Once the key is turned off the radio power windows will continue to work for up to 10 minutes or until any door is opened St
149. e the covering for the driver s or the passenger s airbag the bag may not work properly You may have to replace the airbag module in the steering wheel or both the airbag module and the instrument panel for the passenger s airbag Do not open or break the airbag coverings Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If you have had a crash do you need new belts After a very minor collision nothing may be necessary But if the belts were stretched as they would be if worn during a more severe crash then you need new parts 1 43 If belts are cut or damaged replace them Collision damage also may mean you will need to have safety belt or seat parts repaired or replaced New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt was not being used at the time of the collision If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section If the frontal airbags inflate you will also need to replace the driver s and passenger s safety belt retractor assembly Be sure to do so Then the new retractor
150. e trunk release button located in the glove box or on the remote keyless entry if equipped 4 Lift the trunk 7 At the rear edge of the convertible top press down on the two buttresses C to latch them into the top of the trunk 8 Pull the front edge A of the convertible top forward from the outside of the vehicle or push the front edge A of the convertible top forward from the inside of the vehicle 9 Turn the top front latch handle clockwise to latch the convertible top 5 Pull the convertible top forward by firmly gripping the side edge B and applying a brisk upward and forward motion to get the top in the pull up position 2 36 Section 3 Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview eeee 3 4 Climate Controls cee cece eee eee ee eee 3 17 Hazard Warning Flashers c eeeeeeeneeeee ees 3 6 Climate Control System cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 17 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 3 6 Outlet Adjustment 0ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 20 Horn muni E csaeeuoune 3 6 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 20 Tilt Wheel Soeeeey pes besssinsrestensrrnnnnnttennrtnnnnttent 3 6 Instrument Panel Cluster leaanaa 3 21 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever eeeeeeeeeeceeeeee 3 7 Speedometer and Odometer ccccccceseeeeees 3 22 Turn and Lane Change Signals e 3 8 Tachometei soree e E EE 3 22 Headlamp High Low
151. e vehicle slows down What Makes an Airbag Inflate In an impact of sufficient severity the airbag sensing system detects that the vehicle is in a crash The sensing system triggers a release of gas from the inflator which inflates the airbag The inflator airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag modules inside the steering wheel and in the instrument panel in front of the right front passenger How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually But airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including rollovers rear impacts and many side impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward those airbags Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts and then only in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions 1 35 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After an airbag inflates it quickly deflates so quickly that some people may not even realize the airbag inflated Some components of the airbag module the steering wheel hub for the driver s airbag or the instrument panel for the right front passenger s bag will be hot for a sho
152. e your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign of brake trouble Brake Adjustment Every time you apply the brakes with or without the vehicle moving your brakes adjust for wear Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality GM brake parts When you replace parts of your braking system for example when your brake linings wear 5 33 down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved GM replacement parts If you do not your brakes may no longer work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between your front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery get one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label We recommend an ACDelco replacement battery See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for battery location 5 34 Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals
153. ear or upgrade to the Directions and Connections Plan to meet your needs For more information press the OnStar button to speak to an advisor Safe and Sound Plan e Advanced Automatic Collision Notification e Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment e Emergency Services e Roadside Assistance e Stolen Vehicle Tracking e Accident Assist e Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert e Remote Diagnostics e Online Concierge Directions and Connections Plan All Safe and Sound Plan Services e Driving Directions e Ride Assist e Information and Convenience Services 2 31 OnStar Personal Calling As an OnStar subscriber the Personal Calling capability allows you to make hands free calls using a wireless system that is integrated into the vehicle Calls can be placed nationwide using simple voice commands with no additional contracts and no additional roaming charges To find out more about OnStar Personal Calling refer to the OnStar User s Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak to an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor Your vehicle may have Virtual Advisor It is a feature of OnStar Personal Calling that uses minutes to access weather local traffic reports and stock quotes By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics Customize yo
154. eas oo eee ec ecc ce ece eee ee een ee een eenene 2 33 Capacities and Specifications 5 82 Convertible Top EEES EREDA S diaig ia ernie ARRE 2 33 Maintenance Schedule 0000ceeseeeeeeeeeees 6 1 Instrument Panel 0 00cccceeceeeeseeseaeeeseaees 3 1 Maintenance Schedule oo se eec ees eeeeeeeee ees 6 2 Instrument Panel Overview ee eeeeee eee eee 3 4 Customer Assistance and Information 7 1 Climate Controls oo cee eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 17 Customer Assistance and Information _ 7 2 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators _ 3 20 Reporting Safety Defects o ceeeeeeeee 7 14 Driver Information Center DIC eeeeeeesse BOG Gidley E Audio System S ccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 3 45 Y PONTIAC GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem PONTIAC and the PONTIAC Emblem are registered trademarks and the name SOLSTICE is a trademark of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed We reserve the right to make changes after that time without further notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Pontiac Division whenever it appears in this manual Keep this manual in the vehicle so it will be there if it is needed while you are on the road If the vehicle is sold leave this manual in the vehicle Litho in U S A
155. eat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather 2 11 Manual Windows If your vehicle has manual windows use the window crank to open and close each window Power Windows If your vehicle has power windows the switches on lt a the driver s door armrest control both windows 2 12 In addition the passenger s door has a window switch that controls their window Press the front of the switch to open the window Pull the switch up to close it Express Down Window The driver s window has an express down feature which allows the window to be lowered fully without pressing and holding the switch Press the front of the switch to the first position and the window will open a small amount Press the switch down fully and the window will go all the way down To stop the window while it is lowering pull the front of the switch up Sun Visors To use the sun visor s pull the edge of the visor nearest to the windshield toward you Visor Vanity Mirror Your vehicle may have a drivers side vanity mirror Swing down the sun visor and slide the cover to expose the mirror Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent Y
156. eating as a result of too much friction You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 50 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them Notice f your vehicle has P245 45R18 size tires they are classified as low profile tires Low profile tires are more susceptible to damage from road hazards or curb impact than standard profile tires Tire and or wheel assembly damage can occur when coming into contact with road hazards like potholes or sharp edged objects or when sliding into a curb Your GM warranty does not cover this type of damage Keep tires set to the correct inflation pressure and when possible avoid contact with curbs potholes and other road hazards Winter Tires If you expect to drive on snow or ice covered roads often you may want to get winter tires for your vehicle All season tires provide good overall performance on most surfaces but they may not offer the traction you w
157. ed driving e Idle for long periods in traffic 5 24 If you get the engine coolant temperature warning with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 If you have an air conditioner and it is on turn it off 2 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in NEUTRAL N while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to PARK P or NEUTRAL N and let the engine idle 3 Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warning does not come back on you can drive normally If the warning continues and you have not stopped pull over stop and park your vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam you can idle the engine for three minutes while you are parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode This emergency operating mode allows your vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an emergency situation If an overheated engine condition exists an overheat protection mode which alternates firing groups of cylinders helps prevent engine damage In this mode you will notice a significant loss in power and engine performance An engine coolant temperature wa
158. eeee eee 2 33 Chains TIG saannot a 5 59 Charging System ight ssssicmisisssiisi iien 3 27 Check Engine Koht essene aaa 3 30 Checking Things Under the Hood 6 08 5 10 Chemical Paint Spotting seseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenenn 5 76 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee 1 23 Infants and Young Children 0eeeeeeee 1 20 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 26 Child Restraints cont Older Children 0cccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 18 Securing a Child Restraint in the Passenger Seat Position cceceececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 27 Cigarette Lighter ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 16 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 74 Convertible TOP scenes iinei teneris 5 74 Exterior Lamps Lenses cseeeeeeneeeeeeees 5 72 Fabric Garpet iid ccccihocsnepulantnreians cee nirgid 5 70 Finish Care erreser anrea E EREET 5 73 Inside of Your Vehicle c ceeeeeeee eee es 5 69 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMAGCES dere eran ea EE ERE 5 71 GANG aeneae E E Ei EEA 5 71 MES crionna ns A ieee asada SAEN SRA 5 75 Underbody Maintenance ceeeeeeeee 5 75 Washing Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeneeee tees 5 72 WeatherStrips c eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 72 Windshield and Wiper Blades 0 5 73 Climate Control System ec
159. eeeeeeeeeeeee terrane 3 17 Outlet Adjustment cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 20 Clutch Hydraulic s sess 5 19 Collision Damage Repair eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 7 11 Content Theft Deterrent ceeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 13 Control of a Vehicle s i 0 cs0s 0vesicsncvewesdanerescsevese 4 5 Convertible Top cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 33 Coolant Engine Temperature Warning Light 3 29 Low Warning LGM s2ictcsvveccncse oiecdiiaotieacs stocks 3 29 Surge Tank Pressure Cap ceeeeeeeeeeeeneees 5 23 Cooling SySteM cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eeaeeaeeaes 5 25 Cruise Control siccccsecccseles ecdei chiviveceseeene secs EREA 3 10 Cupholder S cceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeaes 2 33 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation ceeeeeeneeeeeneee ees 7 7 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY USES pirsa eth civi aan EE EE eaves 7 4 Customer Assistance Offices 0 eeeeeeeeees 7 4 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 06 7 2 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 5 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors 7 15 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government cece eee eececeec eee tence teeta eeeeeees 7 14 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government ccceeeeeeeeeeeen eres 7 14 Roadside Assistance Program i c 7 6 Service Publications Ordering Inform
160. eeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 23 SOCUMLY cicadueicaneenisheyeckeledemecdsniaduaeantaysancteet 3 33 Service Vehicle SOON cceeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 3 34 Lighting ENiryiExit goss cost iees ested netting anaes eee ee 3 15 Limited Slip Rear Axle a a 4 9 Loading Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee ees 4 29 Locks Automatic Door LOCK cceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee ees 2 8 Automatic Door Unlock isecen 2 9 Delayed Locking eccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetenees 2 8 Manual Dgr sarioa ie aaa Dn nan EEA 2 7 Powel DOOP sieca aaa a EEE EAEE 2 7 Loss Of Control ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 4 14 Low Coolant Warning Light eeeeeeee eee 3 29 Low Fuel Warning Light aseene 3 35 Maintenance Schedule At Each Fuel Fill cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 13 At Least Once a Month 0c cceeeeeeee es 6 14 At Least Once a Year cceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 15 At Least Twice a Year 0cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 6 14 Brake System Inspection ceeeeeeee eee ees 6 20 Engine Cooling System Inspection 6 20 Maintenance Schedule cont Exhaust System Inspection Fuel System Inspection How This Section is Organized Introduction Maintenance Requirements 0 seeee Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services Part B Owner Checks and Services Part C Periodic M
161. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 5 29 Windshield Washer ccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 5 30 FOG Lamps sricehiensetes cade eine eee eee as 3 14 Fuel eae E 5 5 AGGILIVES sierra a a E 5 6 California Fuel ccccccccccceseeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeees 5 6 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 0 5 10 Filling Your Tank 2 c s6eisicccsaeaets re 5 8 Fuels in Foreign Countries ceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 7 GAC saciid iire ia caddis EE 3 35 Gasoline Octane cccccc ec eceeee cence ee eaeaeaenees 5 5 Gasoline Specifications ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 6 Low Warning Light esearo 3 35 System Inspection 0 cece ee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 6 19 Fuses Floor Console Fuse Block c cceceeeeeeees 5 78 Fuses and Circuit Breakers c cceeeeeeees 5 78 Underhood Fuse Block cccececeeeeeeeenees 5 80 Gage Fiel si cidapdeilancvetdncdsnataantin EN N 3 35 Speedometer cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 3 22 Tachometer disrarn eraen TES EN 3 22 Gasoline Octane onn eea e E E E 5 5 Specifications sais ieaiai npn e aE E EE 5 6 GIOVE BOX raios anina dai a E Ei 2 33 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 0 5 7 5 Hazard Warning Flashers c eeeeeeeeeeeee eters 3 6 Headlamp WiIring x22 nite iega nie aven ks 5 78 Headlamps ccctcabssioutis ienenge 3 13 5 41 Bulb Replacement c eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 40 Daytime Running Lamps sesse
162. een ees 3 6 Safety and Symbols oiran ciias nnana iii Vehicle Damage ccisteicscncscoscancnesmeciancagatateaderceks s iv Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance c 5 56 Different Size 0 cece eect e eee e eee ee eee eeneea eed 5 54 Replacement wi c isvsiescineeoeiesteasetaetewestcuneters 5 56 WINDOWS mareos eaa n aa a E 2 11 Manual soret cat encantamaencctacen a E 2 12 POWER camie ion e E A A neh 2 12 12 Windshield Wiper Blades Cleaning ccceeeeeeeeeees 5 73 Windshield Washer cccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 10 Fluid Seek toes Sees cess Maeuie E 5 30 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement seeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 43 Windshield Wipers 0 cseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 3 9 Winter Diving cererea e EEE 4 24 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 71 Your Vehicle and the Environment 5 6 2
163. ees 5 56 When It Is Time for New Tires accenn 5 52 Towing Recreational Vehicle cccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 34 Towing a Traller wiss citessecietenezeads betes aeeeessiawe 4 34 Your Vehicle cccececeeeee eect eee eeeeeeeeeeeee 4 34 Traction Limited Slip Rear Axle ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 9 Transmission FIUIG AUTO MAUG scsi casiecdcdecrtraateare i 5 19 Fluid Manual ceccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 5 19 Transmission Operation Automatic 5 2 20 Transmission Operation Manual 0665 2 23 PUNK eina a a a e a aE 2 9 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0ceeeeeeees 3 8 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 0 0eceee es 3 7 U Understanding Radio Reception Uniform Tire Quality Grading Vehicle Control Damage WarningS cccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee Lodig sssusa sea a raiat Parking YOUR enai e Service Soon Light SYDOST ia Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders 20 ccc cece eee ee ence tees eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeaeens Vehicle Identification Number VIN Service Parts Identification Label Vehicle Personalization DIC Ventilation Adjustment eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eees Visors 11 W Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 20 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 38 Hazard Warning Flashers a a 3 6 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeee t
164. eicbesa sae deceee he 5 8 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 00 5 10 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 10 HOOd Release sipanas 5 11 Engine Compartment Overview 5 12 Engine Qil s tscciesscreivedctieed allo EN 5 13 Engine Oil Life System nanesene 5 16 Engine Air Cleaner Filter c ceseeeeeeeneee ees 5 18 Automatic Transmission Fluid 0 eeeeee 5 19 Manual Transmission Fluid 0eeeeeeeeee 5 20 Hydraulic CIuteh cresterea 5 20 Engine COOMA soidin arani anni 5 20 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap 0 5 23 Engine Overheating cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eters 5 23 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode 5 25 Cooling System eeeeeeee eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 5 26 Power Steering Fluid cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 30 Windshield Washer Fluid isse 5 31 BhaKGSisanatscadnnncrcecutasctacannadsnensnaen E ES 5 32 Battery ceara E E EN ater ASEA 5 34 JUMP Starting cece eee ce eee naiiai 5 35 Reat Axle 2 ccc2c ee ee ee 5 39 Bulb Replacement l n 5 40 Halogen Bulb wic c cccerecseeeeeetetencersatenseteeereens 5 40 Headlamps sas ccteceag dec sseacetsjavssesha tage ines anlnceas 5 41 Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps 5 41 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps 5 42 B ck Up Lamp sz scecsestuncisendsacmnaatenautoctietandasy 5 42 Replacement Bulbs seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 43 Windshield
165. eneeeeeneees 7 3 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 2 30 Other Warning Devices cceeeeeeneeeee eee eeneees 3 6 Outlet Adjustment isien ieii 3 20 Outside Manual Mirtor sscsevecsisdieticeieiciesaceveeelene fees 2 30 Power Mirrors 2 ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 30 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode Owners Canadian ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees Park P SANO tese EE 2 25 Shifting OUTO esis cites cee cecbessectse ianea 2 26 Parking Brakes cecene e 2 24 Over Things That Burn eseeeeeeeneee nena 2 27 Parking Your Vehicle ceceeeseneeeeeeeeeeeees 2 27 Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services 6 4 Part B Owner Checks and Services 6 13 Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections 6 19 Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 21 Part E Maintenance Record eeeeeeee ee 6 24 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 25 Passenger Position Safety Belts 00 1 17 Passenger Sensing System eeeeeeeeeeeees 1 37 PASSING scdcdedicdis badodteasmagsielnennsbey Ea a 4 12 PASS Key Ilt oo cece cc ccccccccccccceccececcceecceeecceeeee 2 14 PASS Key Ill Operation ccccceseeeeeeeeeeees 2 15 Power Accessory Outlet S c eeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeees 3 15 Door LOCKS nenecesa nE aE E 2 7 Electrical System accennare een 5 78 Reduced Engin
166. engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 18 for more information 50 000 Miles 80 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 57 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions change the fluid and filter at 100 000 miles 160 000 km 55 000 Miles 88 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will
167. epresenting the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure 5 56 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment may need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced See your dealer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace
168. er Steering If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning you can steer but it will take much more effort Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of your tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly apply the brakes Both control systems steering and braking have to do their work where the tires meet the road Unless you have four wheel anti lock brakes adding the hard braking can demand too much of those places You can lose control The same thing can happen if you are steering through a sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate Those two control systems steering and acceleration can overwhelm those plac
169. es Use the fuse puller to remove fuses Amplifier Cluster Ignition Switch PassKey 3 Fuses Usage Cd Transmission Control Module 5 79 Underhood Fuse Block The underhood fuse block is located in the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle Lift the cover for access to the fuse block To remove fuses use the fuse puller or hold the end of the fuse between your thumb and index finger and pull straight out See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location O E es es se 67 40 O L e 45 46 47 57 58 59 70 cal 4 42 23 62 lela Fuses Usage i 6 Body Control Module2 8 Cooling Fan O 9 Empty Cid Empty 13 Empty o O Air Conditioning Cooling Fan 2 Relay Fuse Puller Powertrain Relay Fuses Usage eo om OOS S 66 Passengers Side Low Beam ee Parking Lamps Relay SSCS eo Paknglams 5 81 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions Please refer to Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 21 for more information PE Cooling System 75L Engine Oil with Filter 4 7 L Fuel Tank 62 7 L Transmission Automatic Complete Drain and Refill 9 0 L Transmission Manual Complete Drain and Refill 2 6L Wheel Nut Torque 140 Nem Rs aa are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the appropriate level
170. es where the tires meet the road and make you lose control What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the brake or accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while your front wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply your brakes but unless you have anti loc
171. ess the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the XM CAT label 3 Rotate the tune knob to display the category you want removed 4 Press the pushbutton located under the Remove label until the category name along with the word Removed appears on the display 5 Repeat the steps to remove more categories Removed categories can be restored by pressing the pushbutton under the Add label when a removed category is displayed or by pressing the pushbutton under the Restore All label The radio will not allow you to remove or add categories while the vehicle is moving faster than five MPH eight KmH 3 57 Radio Messages Locked This message is displayed when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up the radio Calibration Error The audio system has been Take the vehicle to your dealer for service calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If Calibration Error appears on the display it means that the radio has not been configured properly for your vehicle and it must be returned to your dealer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer XM Radio Messages Radio Display or XL Explicit Language XL on the radio display These channels or any others can be blocked at a Channels after the channel name customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 indicates content with explicit language XM Updating Updating
172. ess this button to listen to the radio when a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device will continue playing so you may want to stop it or power it off CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when a portable audio device is playing Press this button again and the system will begin playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected no input device found will be displayed Radio with CD MP3 9 380 750 96 1 98 5 X41 2AM 640 fC 680 ey EECT a lt a gt gt BAND SEEK SEEK REV Fwo ff CD AUX Radio with CD shown Radio with Six Disc CD MP3 similar Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio Data System RDS The RDS feature is available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and will only work when the information is available While the radio is tuned to an FM RDS station the station name or call letters will appear on the display In rare cases a radio station may broadcast incorrect information that will cause the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada if available XM offers over 100 coast to coast channels including music news sports
173. essing either the SEEK FWD or REV button until the desired levels are obtained To quickly adjust balance or fade to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BAL or FADE label for more than two seconds You will hear a beep and the level will be adjusted to the middle position To quickly adjust all speaker and tone controls to the middle position press the tune knob for more than two seconds until you hear a beep Finding a Category CAT Station CAT Category The CAT button is used to find XM stations when the radio is in the XM mode To find XM channels within a desired category perform the following 1 Press the BAND button until the XM frequency is displayed Press the CAT button to display the category labels on the radio display Continue pressing the CAT button until the desired category name is displayed 2 Press either of the two buttons below the desired category label to immediately tune to the first XM station associated with that category 3 Rotate the tune knob press the buttons below the right or left arrows displayed or press the right or left SEEK buttons to go to the next or previous XM station within the selected category 4 To exit the category search mode press the FAV button or BAND button to display your favorites again Undesired XM categories can be removed through the setup menu To remove an undesired category perform the following 1 Pr
174. essory Power Outlet s The accessory power outlet can be used to connect electrical equipment such as a cellular phone or CB radio The outlet can accept electrical equipment rated at a maximum of 20 amps The accessory power outlet is located on the instrument panel under the radio To use the outlet remove the cover When not in use always cover the outlet with the protective cap Notice Leaving electrical equipment on for extended periods will drain the battery Always turn off electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum amperage rating 3 15 Certain electrical accessories may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer for additional information on the accessory power outlet Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating Check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the installation instructions included with the equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for ac
175. et or exceed all federal safety guidelines C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 55 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger p metric vehicle tire size P225 60R16 97S onl B CDE F A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number
176. et to the correct mileage total of the old odometer 3 22 Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Notice f you operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area your vehicle could be damaged and the damages would not be covered by your warranty Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area Safety Belt Reminder Light When the key is turned to RUN or START a chime will come on for several seconds to remind people to fasten their safety belts unless the driver s safety belt is already buckled The safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more LZ This chime and light will be repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the driver s belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the key is turned to RUN or START a chime will sound for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This would only occur if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 37 for more information The passenger safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it wil
177. ets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm A CAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking your exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it Keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with your headlamps Let the heater run for a while 4 27 Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get
178. eview what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid your wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on sl
179. fic Certification label is attached to the rear edge of the driver s door It tells you the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle Do not carry more than 61 Ibs 28 kg in the rear area of your vehicle A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle 4 33 If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put things in the rear area of your vehicle Try to spread the weight evenly e Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them a
180. filter at every engine oil change See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 18 for more information Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 57 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 35 000 Miles 56 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 51 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 40 000 Miles 64 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 51 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 45 000 Miles 72 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the
181. finish The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle in a garage or covered whenever possible Windshield and Wiper Blades If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if the wiper blade chatters when running wax sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a glass cleaning liquid or powder and water solution The windshield is clean if beads do not form when it is rinsed with water Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades and affect their performance Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth soaked in full strength windshield washer solvent Then rinse the blade with water Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary replace blades that
182. for that person A CAUTION Airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye If you are too close to an inflating airbag as you would be if you were leaning forward it could seriously injure you Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle A CAUTION Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 18 and Infants and Young Children on page 1 20 1 31 There is an airbag Where Are the Airbags readiness light on the e instrument panel cluster r which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 24 for more information The driver s airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel 1 32 A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the bag might not i
183. g on page 4 2 2 Press the pushbutton located below the FAV 1 6 label FAV Favorites A maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six pushbuttons positioned below the radio station frequency labels and 3 Select the desired number of favorites pages by pressing the pushbutton located below the by using the radio favorites page button FAV button displayed page numbers Press the FAV button to go through up to six pages of 4 Press the FAV button or let the menu time out to favorites each having six favorite stations available per return to the original main radio screen showing the page Each page of favorites can contain any radio station frequency labels and to begin the combination of AM FM or XM if equipped stations process of programming your favorites for the To store a station as a favorite perform the following chosen amount of numbered pages steps 1 Tune to the desired radio station 2 Press the FAV button to display the page where you want the station stored 3 Press and hold one of the six pushbuttons until you hear a beep Whenever that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set will return 4 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton radio station you want stored as a favorite 3 55 Setting the Tone Bass Treble BASS MID TREB Bass Midrange or Treble To adjust bass midrange or treble press the tune knob until the tone control labels appear on the di
184. ge 2 19 for more information The vehicle must be running while using the air compressor A CAUTION 4 Attach the sealant filling hose A onto the tire valve Inflating something too much can make it stem Turn it clockwise until it is tight explode and you or others could be injured Make sure the inflator kit on off switch B is in the Be sure to read the inflator instructions and O off position inflate the tire to its recommended pressure Do not exceed 36 psi 248 kPa 5 Plug the air compressor accessory plug C into an accessory power outlet in the vehicle See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 15 for more 7 Move the inflator kit switch to the on position information ee pee The inflator kit will force sealant and air into the tire Sealant may leak from the puncture hole until the vehicle is driven and the hole has sealed 5 63 8 Make sure there is a proper connection between the tire valve stem and the sealant filling hose by looking at the air pressure gage If there is not a pressure reading while the compressor is running the connection between the inflator kit and the tire is bad Check the attachment between the sealant filling hose and the tire valve stem 9 Inflate the tire up to the recommended inflation pressure found on the Tire and Loading Information label located on the vehicle s center pillar B pillar below the vehicle s door latch using the air pressure gage on the top
185. gine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting your vehicle 2 21 AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D This position is for normal driving If you need more power for passing and you are e Going less than 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator all the way down The transmission will shift down to a lower gear and have more power Notice Driving your vehicle if you notice that it is moving slowly or not shifting gears as you increase speed may damage the transmission Have your vehicle serviced right away You can drive in SECOND 2 when you are driving less than 35 mph 55 km h and AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D for higher speeds until then FOURTH 4 This position is also used for normal driving However it offers more power and lower fuel economy than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D Here are examples for using FOURTH 4 instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE D e When driving on hilly winding roads e When going down a steep
186. hange the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have made the light turn off your dealer can check the vehicle Your dealer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that may have developed 3 31 Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or may begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced your battery or if your battery has run down 3 32 The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This may take several days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your GM dealer can prepare the vehicle for inspection Oil Pressur
187. happens turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the passenger s airbag 1 40 A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 24 for more on this including important safety information A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates Remove any additional material from the seat cushion before reinstalling or securing the child restraint and before a small occupant including a small adult sits in the passenger position You may want to consider not using seat covers or other aftermarket equipment if your vehicle has the passenger sensing system See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 42 for more information about modifications
188. he belt very quickly out of the retractor Q What is wrong with this on A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong place A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you Q What is wrong with this The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen Q What is wrong with this pal es KS NS SS a SDS gt x h ae c The belt is twisted across the body
189. he flow Try to merge into the gap at close to the prevailing speed Switch on your turn signal check your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow Once you are on the freeway adjust your speed to the posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it is slower Stay in the right lane unless you want to pass Before changing lanes check your mirrors Then use your turn signal Just before you leave the lane glance quickly over your shoulder to make sure there is not another vehicle in your blind spot Once you are moving on the freeway make certain you allow a reasonable following distance Expect to move slightly slower at night When you want to leave the freeway move to the proper lane well in advance If you miss your exit do not under any circumstances stop and back up Drive on to the next exit The exit ramp can be curved sometimes quite sharply The exit speed is usually posted Reduce your speed according to your speedometer not to your sense of motion After driving for any distance at higher speeds you may tend to think you are going slower than you actually are Before Leaving on a Long Trip Make sure you are ready Try to be well rested If you must start when you are not fresh such as after a day s work do not plan to make too many miles that first part of the journey Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you can easily drive in I
190. he original key being turned to the LOCK position 5 The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed 6 Repeat Steps 1 through 5 if additional keys are to be programmed If you are ever driving and the security light comes on and stays on you may be able to restart your engine if you turn it off Your PASS Key Ill system however is not working properly and must be serviced by your dealer Your vehicle is not protected by the PASS Key Ill system at this time If you lose or damage your PASS Key Ill key see your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have a new key made Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines for the first 500 miles 805 km e Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow e Do not exceed 70 mph 113 km h Do not make full throttle starts also refrain from using the full throttle while driving Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle If these break in procedures are not followed the vehicle s engine axle or other parts could be damaged Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time your new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every t
191. he weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake Your brakes may not have time to cool between hard stops Your brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump your brakes If you do the pedal may get harder to push down If your engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Anti Lock Brake System ABS Your vehicle may have anti lock brakes ABS is an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid If your vehicle has anti lock brakes this warning light on the instrument panel will come on briefly when you start your vehicle When you start your engine or when you begin to drive away your anti lock brake system will check itself You may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise wh
192. hicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible 5 59 If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place and stopping Then do this 1 Turn on the hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 2 Park your vehicle If your vehicle has an automatic transmission set the parking brake firmly and put the shift lever in PARK P See Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transmission on page 2 25 If your vehicle has a manual transmission move the shift lever to REVERSE R and set the parking brake firmly See Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission on page 2 27 for additional information 3 Turn off the engine 4 Inspect the flat tire If the tire has been separated from the wheel or has damaged sidewalls or large tears that allow rapid air loss call a tire repair facility See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 5 60 If the flat tire is due to a slow leak caused by a nail or other similar road hazard the tire inflator kit may be used to repair the damaged tire temporarily The kit uses a liquid tire sealant to seal small punctures in the tread area of the tire After repairing a tire with the tire inflator kit take your vehicle to an authorized GM dealer to have the tire inspected and repaired as soon as possible The tire
193. hicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to e Get e mail service reminders e Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner s manual United States only e Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule e Find GM dealers for service nationwide e Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members United States only Refer to the web for updated information To register your vehicle visit www MyGMLink com United States or My GM Canada within www gmcanada com Canada Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Pontiac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user can communicate with Pontiac by dialing 1 800 833 PONT 7668 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Pontiac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance If a U S customer wishes to write to Pontiac the letter should be addressed to Pontiac s Customer Assistance Center United States Customer Assistance Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 1 800 762 2737 or 1 800 833 7668 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 Fax
194. hild restraints with a top tether are designed to be used whether the top tether is anchored or not Other child restraints require that the top tether be anchored A national or local law may require that the top tether be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached Your vehicle does not have lower anchors or top tether anchors to secure a child restraint with the LATCH system If a national or local law requires that your top tether be anchored do not use a child restraint in this vehicle because a top tether cannot be properly anchored You must use the safety belts to secure your child restraint in this vehicle unless a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored Refer to your child restraint instructions and instructions in this manual for securing a child restraint using the vehicle s safety belts Securing a Child Restraint in the Passenger Seat Position Your vehicle has a passenger s airbag A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint In addition your vehicle has the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag when an infant ina rear facing infant seat or a small child in a forward facing child restraint or booster seat is detected See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 37 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 fo
195. ials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to assure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior accidents In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your GM dealer ma
196. ight is not on you still have brakes but you do not have anti lock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on you do not have anti lock brakes and there is a problem with your regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 27 The anti lock brake system warning light will come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN This is normal If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light The engine coolant temperature warning light will come on when the engine has overheated G Pr If this happens you should pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 23 for more information Notice Driving with the engine coolant temperature warning light on could cause your vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating on page 5 23 Your vehicle could be damaged and it might not be covered by your warranty Never drive with the engine coolant temperature warning light on This light will also come on when starting your vehicle If it doesn t have your vehicle serviced Low Coolant Warning Light This light comes on briefly when you turn your ignition on If this light comes on and stays on the coolant level in your vehicle is low If the light is on along with an overheat warning you may have a serious overheating problem Notice Driving with the low coo
197. ile this test is going on and you may even notice that your brake pedal moves or pulses a little This is normal Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel The anti lock system can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake your computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember Anti lock does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have anti lock brakes Using Anti Lock Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let anti lock work for you You may feel a slight brake pedal pulsation or notice some noise but this is normal Braking in Emergencies At some time nearly every driver gets into a situation that requires hard braking
198. ill display when the life of the engine oil has expired and it should be changed When you acknowledge the CHANGE OIL SOON message by clearing it from the display you still must reset the engine oil life system separately See OIL LIFE RESET under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 40 Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 and Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services on page 6 4 for more information CHECK GAS CAP This message will display if the gas cap has not been fully tightened You should recheck your gas cap to ensure that it is on properly A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the message off CRUISE ENGAGED This message will display when the cruise control system is active See Cruise Control on page 3 10 for more information DOOR AJAR This message will display if one or more of the vehicle s doors are not closed properly When this message appears you should make sure that the door s are closed completely ENGINE DISABLED This message will display if the starting of the engine is disabled Have your vehicle serviced immediately by your GM dealer KEY FOB BATT Battery LOW This message will display if the remote keyless entry transmitter battery is low You should replace the battery in the transmitter See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 3 39 LOW COOLANT This message will display when there is a low level of engin
199. ime you get new brake linings Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions With the key in the ignition switch you can turn it to four different positions Notice Using a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is all the way in If it is turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn the key hard If none of this works then your vehicle needs service O LOCK This position locks your steering column It is a theft deterrent feature You will only be able to remove your key when the ignition is turned to LOCK If you have an automatic transmission the ignition switch cannot be turned to LOCK unless the shift lever is in PARK P If you have a manual transmission the ignition switch can be turned to LOCK in any shift lever position A CAUTION If you have a manual transmission removing the key from the ignition switch will lock the steering column and result in a loss of ability to steer the vehicle This could cause a collision If you need to turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving turn the key to ACC ACC ACCESSORY This position operates some of your electrical accessories It unlocks the steering wheel and ignition RUN This is the position the switch returns to after you start your engine and release the switch Th
200. in Canada have an extensive roadside assistance program accessible from anywhere in Canada or the United States Please refer to the Warranty and Owner Assistance Information book Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for new vehicles The Courtesy Transportation program is offered to customers in conjunction with the Bumper to Bumper coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Several transportation options are available when warranty repairs are required This will reduce your inconvenience during warranty repairs Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service you should contact your dealer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed
201. io stations K SEEK Press the right or left SEEK arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either SEEK arrow for a few seconds until you hear a beep The radio will go to a station play for a few seconds then go on to the next station Press either SEEK arrow again to stop scanning The radio will only seek and scan stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band i Information XM Satellite Radio Service MP3 and RDS Features Press the information button to display additional text information related to the current FM RDS or XM station or MP3 song A choice of additional information such as Channel Song Artist and CAT may appear Continue pressing the information button to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under any one of the labels and the information about that label will be displayed When information is not available No Info will appear on the display Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite The number of favorites pages can be setup using the MENU button To setup the number of favorites Drivers are encouraged to set up their radio station pages perform the following steps favorites while the vehicle is parked Tune to your favorite stations using the presets favorites button and 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio steering wheel controls if equipped See Defensive setup menu Drivin
202. ions Accessory Power Outlet s Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle iccztesaccaureds e E E NaN Additives Fuel Add On Electrical Equipment Air Cleaner Filter Engine Air Conditioning Airbag Passenger Status Indicator Readiness Light Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM Airbag System ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeenees Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle How Does an Airbag Restrain eeee Passenger Sensing System eeeeeeeeeees Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle What Makes an Airbag Inflate 6 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates When Should an Airbag Inflate 6 Where Are the Airbags e eeeseeeeeeeeeees Antenna Fixed Mast Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna System Anti Lock Brake System ABS Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 1 42 1 35 1 37 1 41 1 35 1 36 1 34 1 32 3 71 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 74 Care of Safety Belts ccceceeeeeeee eee eees 5 72 Chemical Paint Spotting ccceeeeeee eee eeeee 5 76 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 05 5 72 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle 5 69 Convertible Top ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eees 5 74 Fabric Garpet eiere sesine inuna aa 5 70 RMSP Careen en E a aA 5 73 Finish Damage 0 c06 esceccetsve cree taneedenaeeeeceet 5 75 In
203. ippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including engine braking by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt If you have the anti lock braking system ABS remember It helps avoid only the braking skid If you do not have ABS then in a braking skid where the wheels are no longer rolling release enough pressure on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again This restores steering control Push the brake pedal down steadily when you have to stop suddenly As long as the wheels are rolling you will have steering control Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving One reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Here are some tips on night driving e Drive defensively e Do not drink and drive e Adjust the inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from headlamps behind you e Since you cannot see as well you may need to slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles e Slow
204. iquor each within an hour the person s BAC would be close to 0 12 percent A person who consumes food just before or during drinking will have a somewhat lower BAC level There is a gender difference too Women generally have a lower relative percentage of body water than men Since alcohol is carried in body water this means that a woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a man of her same body weight will when each has the same number of drinks The law in most U S states and throughout Canada sets the legal limit at 0 08 percent In some other countries the limit is even lower For example it is 0 05 percent in both France and Germany The BAC limit for all commercial drivers in the United States is 0 04 percent The BAC will be over 0 10 percent after three to six drinks in one hour Of course as we have seen it depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks and how quickly the person drinks them But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of 0 10 percent Research shows that the driving skills of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching 0 05 percent and that the effects are worse at night All drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0 05 percent Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of 0 05 percent or above A driver with a BAC level of 0 06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a collision At a BAC level of 0 10 pe
205. isplay press the reset button to scroll through the available settings OFF default The horn will not chirp on the first press of the remote keyless entry transmitter lock button The horn will still chirp on the second press ON The horn will chirp on the first press of the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature 3 41 UNLOCK HORN If your vehicle has remote keyless entry this feature which allows the vehicle s horn to chirp on the first press of the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter can be enabled or disabled When UNLOCK HORN appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the available settings OFF default The horn will not chirp when the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed ON The horn will chirp on the first press of the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature 3 42 LIGHT FLASH If your vehicle has remote keyless entry this feature which allows the vehicle s exterior hazard turn signal lighting to flash every time the lock or u
206. it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water Do not wash the vehicle in the direct rays of the sun Use a car washing soap Do not use strong soaps or chemical detergents Be sure to rinse the vehicle well removing all soap residue completely GM approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 76 Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives All cleaning agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on the surface or they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 72 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish GM approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 76 Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle The vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint
207. it clockwise to secure it Replacement Bulbs Exterior Lamp Bulb Number Back Up Lamps 3057K Fog Lamp Front Parking Turn Signal 3757KA or DRL Lamp 5702KA Front Sidemarker Lamp 194 Headlamps High Low Beam H13 Stoplamp Taillamp and Turn Signal 3157K Uplevel Model For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear and cracking See At Least Twice a Year on page 6 14 for more information Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways For proper type and length see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 23 To replace the windshield wiper blade assembly do the following 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release lever B to disengage the hook and push the wiper arm A out of the blade C 3 Push the new wiper blade securely on the wiper arm until you hear the release lever click into place Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your GM Warranty booklet for details For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer s booklet included with your vehicle s Owner Manual 5 44 A CAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous Overloading your tires can cause overh
208. ith a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help contact the Pontiac Customer Assistance Center by calling 1 800 762 2737 In Canada contact GM of Canada Customer Communication Centre in Oshawa by calling 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French 7 2 We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Pontiac please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in
209. k not enough to lock your wheels See Braking on page 4 6 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery Passing You may find that your right wheels have dropped off The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are two lane highway waits for just the right moment driving accelerates moves around the vehicle ahead then goes back into the right lane again A simple maneuver Not necessarily Passing another vehicle on a two lane highway is a potentially dangerous move since the passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds A miscalculation an error in judgment or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents the head on collisio
210. k that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks 5 38 10 11 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead
211. king lamps will automatically turn on and off when the fog lamps are turned on and off The fog lamps will turn off while the high beam headlamps are turned on Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Instrument Panel Brightness ge Instrument Panel Brightness The control for this feature is located on the instrument panel to the right of the steering wheel Turn the knob clockwise to brighten the lights or counterclockwise to dim them Entry Exit Lighting The lamps inside your vehicle will go on when you open any door These lamps will fade out after about 20 seconds after all of the doors have been closed or when the ignition is turned on These lamps will also go on when you press the trunk release unlock symbol button or the horn symbol on the keyless entry system transmitter The lamps inside your vehicle will stay on for about 20 seconds after your key is removed from the ignition to provide an illuminated exit Mirror Reading Lamps Your vehicle has reading lamps on the rearview mirror Push the button to turn the reading lamps on and off Battery Run Down Protection Your vehicle is equipped with a battery saver feature designed to protect your vehicle s battery When any interior lamp is left on and the ignition is turned off the battery rundown protection system will automatically turn the lamp off after 20 minutes This will avoid draining the battery Acc
212. km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 57 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 85 000 Miles 136 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 51 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 90 000 Miles 144 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service
213. known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling Vehicle Storage If you are not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days or more remove the black negative cable from the battery This will help keep your battery from running down A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Starting on page 5 35 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Jump Starting If your vehicle s battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because e They contain acid that can burn you e They contain gas that can explode or ignite e They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with
214. l your vehicle will slow down to the cruise control speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well your cruise control will work on hills depends upon your speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you may have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed When going downhill you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down Of course applying the brake takes you out of cruise control Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and don t use cruise control on steep hills Ending Cruise Control To end cruise control step lightly on the brake pedal or the clutch if your vehicle has a manual transmission Stepping on the brake pedal or clutch will only end the current cruise control session Press the cruise control on off button to turn the system completely off Erasing Speed Memory When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition your cruise control set speed memory is erased Headlamps The lever on the left side of the steering column operates the exterior lamps The exterior lamp switch has the following four positions ZD Headlamps This position turns on the headlamps parking lamps and taillamps 300 Parking Lamps This position turns on the parking lamps and taillamps only AUTO Automatic Headlamp System This position automatically turns on the Daytime Running Lamps during daytime and the headlamps parking la
215. l damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving Automatic Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take your vehicle to the dealership service department and have it repaired as soon as possible Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in the Maintenance Schedule See Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services on page 6 4 Be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 21 Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 21 Manual Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the manual transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take the vehicle to the dealership service department and have it repaired as soon as possible You may also have your fluid level checked by your dealer when you have your oil changed See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 21 for the proper fluid to use Hydraulic Clutch The hydraulic clutch linkage in your vehicle is self adjusting This system does not have its own reservoir It receives fluid from the brake master cylinder
216. l flash for several more This chime and light will be repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and 9 the vehicle is in motion If the passenger s safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on 3 23 Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 30 This light will come on when you start your vehicle and it will flash for a few seconds Then the light should go out This means the system is ready e N If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away 3 24 A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle The airbag readiness light shou
217. lain the proper operation of the manual convertible top 2 33 The parts of the manual convertible top that are used when lowering and raising it are Front Edge Side Edge Rear Buttresses Trunk Notice Leaving the convertible top down and exposing the interior of your vehicle to outdoor conditions may cause damage Always close the convertible top if leaving your vehicle outdoors VOW gt Notice Lowering the convertible top when there are objects in the storage area could damage it or break the glass rear window Always verify that no objects are in the storage area before lowering the convertible top 2 34 Notice Lowering the top if it is damp wet or dirty can cause stains mildew and damage to the inside of your vehicle Dry off the top before lowering it Notice f you lower the top on your vehicle in cold weather 0 F 18 C or lower you may damage top components Do not lower the top in cold weather Notice If you raise or lower the convertible top while the vehicle is in motion you could damage the top or the top mechanism The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always put an automatic transmission in PARK P or a manual transmission in FIRST 1 or REVERSE R turn the ignition off and engage the parking brake before raising or lowering the convertible top A CAUTION Moving parts of the convertible top can be dangerous People can be injured by the convertible top and its me
218. lant warning light on could cause your vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating under Engine Coolant on page 5 19 Your vehicle could be damaged and the damages might not be covered by your warranty See Engine Coolant on page 5 19 for information on what to do Your vehicle should be serviced as soon as possible 3 29 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light Your vehicle is equipped with a computer which monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems This system is called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation and is intended to assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service is required Malfunctions often will be indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after awhile your emission controls may not work as well your fuel economy may not be as good and your engine may not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that may not be covered by your warranty 3 30 Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the o
219. lated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only GM approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of your vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice lf you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes These brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint
220. lay The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CD Rs with an adapter ring Full size CD Rs and the smaller CD Rs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There may be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs later in this section If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a soft marker instead Notice If you add any label to a CD insert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged CDs you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section amp EJECT Press the CD eject button t
221. ld flash for a few seconds when you turn the ignition key to RUN If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Your vehicle has the passenger sensing system Your instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator Ave X be OFF ON PASSENGER AIR BAG A we 2 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Canada Passenger Airbag Status Indicator United States The indicator next to the passenger airbag status indicator lights is the passenger safety belt reminder light See Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 3 23 for more information on that indicator When the ignition key is turned to RUN or START the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal airbag If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s frontal airbag is enabled may inflate A CAUTION If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing s
222. ldren away Irom the fuelpump never let To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise children pump fuel The fuel cap has a spring in it if the cap is released too soon it will spring back to the right While refueling hang the tethered fuel cap from the hook on the fuel door A CAUTION If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 72 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 30 If your vehicle is equipped with a Driver Information Center DIC the CHECK GAS CAP message will be displayed if the fuel cap is not properly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 38 for more information A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do no
223. ldren on page 1 20 Follow those rules for everyone s protection First you will want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has We will start with the driver position Driver Position Lap Shoulder Belt The driver has a lap shoulder belt Here is how to wear it properly 1 Close and lock the door 2 Adjust the seat so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 17 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 5 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt WO Ss 4 The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash or if you pull t
224. lens cleaners for CD players is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD mechanism Fixed Mast Antenna The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes without being damaged If the mast should ever become slightly bent straighten it out by hand If the mast is badly bent replace it Check occasionally to make sure the mast is still tightened to the fender If tightening is required tighten by hand then with a wrench one quarter turn XM Satellite Radio Antenna System Trunk Mounted Your vehicle may have the XM Satellite Radio antenna that is located on the trunk of your vehicle Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception 3 71 4 NOTES 3 72 Section 4 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 4 2 Defensive Driving ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Drunken Driving isinsin reine senna aaben innia 4 3 Control of a Vehicle ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneee een eees 4 5 Braking eoten E EEN 4 6 Anti Lock Brake System ABS o ae 4 7 Braking in Emergencies ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 4 9 Limited Slip Rear Axle cc eeeeeeeeeeneeeeea eens 4 9 STEGNO senorna EE AA EEE 4 10 Off Road REcovery cceceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee een tenes 4 12 PASSING earne a E 4 12 Loss of GOmMtUOll tics sieheatdetete deca deatieeicenachtancencd 4 14 Driving vat NIQWU eaaa innn aa aani anni 4 15 Drivi
225. lerator pedal when the transmission is in gear By slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that may free your vehicle If that does not get your vehicle out after a few tries it may need to be towed out If your vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 34 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification label A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle 4 29 Tire and Loading Information Label SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the center pillar B pillar of your vehicle With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door latch This label shows the number of occupant seating positions A a
226. ling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If you have to add coolant more than four times a year have your dealer check your cooling system Notice If you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 21 for more information Checking Coolant The coolant surge tank is located in the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location 5 21 A CAUTION Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow ou
227. look worn 5 73 Convertible Top The vehicle s convertible top should be cleaned often However high pressure car washes may cause water to enter your vehicle When you hand wash the top do it in partial shade Use a mild soap lukewarm water and a soft sponge A chamois or cloth may leave lint on the top and a brush can chafe the threads in the top fabric Do not use detergents harsh cleaners solvents or bleaching agents Wet the entire vehicle and wash the top evenly to avoid spots or rings Let the soap remain on the fabric for a few minutes When the top is really dirty use a mild foam type cleaner Thoroughly rinse the entire vehicle then let the top dry in direct sunlight To protect the convertible top e After you wash the vehicle make sure the top is completely dry before you lower it e Do not get any cleaner on the vehicle s painted finish it could leave streaks e If you decide to go through an automatic car wash ask the manager if the equipment could damage your top 5 74 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels The vehicle may be equipped with either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice lf you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome p
228. lutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary A CHANGE OIL SOON message will come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 38 Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system may not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer has GM trained service people who will perform this work using genuine GM parts and reset the system It is also important to check your oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change the oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change your engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Anytime your oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you cha
229. maining air to the floor outlets and the defroster and side window outlets Cooler air is directed to the upper outlets and warmer air to the floor outlets ad Floor Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct most of the air to the floor outlets The remaining air is directed to the side window and defroster outlets Recirculation is not available in this mode If low or no airflow is on the passenger side ensure that the carpet covering is tucked under floor outlets Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of windows is a result of high humidity moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear fog or frost from your windshield and side windows Use the defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly For best results clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting To prevent fogging on the inside of the windows in modes other than floor defog and defrost make sure the air conditioning compressor if equipped is on and recirculation mode is off od Floor Defog Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct the air to the windshield the side window outlets and to the floor outlets When you select this mode the system runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside
230. me unusual circumstance even though it is turned off General Motors recommends that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat whenever possible even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint ina rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if e the passenger seat is unoccupied e the system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat e the system determines that a small child is present in a forward facing child restraint e the system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat e a passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time e the passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints e or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator in the instrument panel will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following
231. mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly But the notice will tell what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle They use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator If you need help figuring out a specific name of a component gage or indicator reference the following topics e Seats and Restraint Systems in Section 1 e Features and Controls in Section 2 e Instrument Panel Overview in Section 3 e Climate Controls in Section 3 e Warning Lights Gages and Indicators in Section 3 e Audio System s in Section 3 e Engine Compartment Overview in Section 5 These are some examples of symbols that may be found on the vehicle LATCH BOTH LAP AND CAUTION SHOULDER BELTS TO MASTER Cy ENGINE rae TIRE POSSIBLE PROTECT OCCUPANT KOHTING COOLANT PRESSURE INJURY DO NOT TWIST SAFETY SWITCH TEMP BELT WHEN ATTACHING PROTECT e TURN fac FUSE EYES BY FASTEN Og SIGNALS BATTERY BOX SHIEL
232. miss areas of the windshield Also see Windshield and Wiper Blades on page 5 73 Weatherstrip Lubrication Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather more frequent application may be required See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 21 Manual Transmission Check It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level Check for leaks A fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss Have the system inspected and repaired if needed Automatic Transmission Inspection It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss Check for leaks If a leak occurs take the vehicle to your dealer and have it repaired as soon as possible Hydraulic Clutch System Check Check the fluid level in the brake system and clutch system reservoir See Hydraulic Clutch on page 5 19 A fluid loss in the brake or clutch hydraulic system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired at once At Least Once a Year Key Lock Cylinders Service Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant specified in Part D Body Lubrication Service Lubricate all hood latch assemblies secondary latch pivots spring anchor release pawl hood and body door hinges rear compartment and any folding seat hardware Part D tells you what
233. mps and taillamps at night Off On This position is an Off On switch for the Automatic Headlamp System In Canada this applies to vehicles with an automatic transmission set to PARK P and manual transmission vehicles with the parking brake engaged When operating in AUTO a momentary turn of the switch to off on will turn off the Automatic Headlamp System An AUTO LIGHTS OFF message will display on the Driver Information Center DIC if equipped and a chime will sound Rotating the switch to off on again will turn the Automatic Headlamp System back on An AUTO LIGHTS ON message will display on the Driver Information Center DIC The Automatic Headlamp System is always turned on at the beginning of an ignition cycle for vehicles with manual transmission When the parking brake is engaged the automatic headlamps will turn off For vehicles with an automatic transmission when the shift lever is shifted out of PARK P the Automatic Headlamp System will turn on Shifting the lever back to PARK P will turn off the automatic headlamp system for vehicles with an automatic transmission 3 13 Headlamps on Reminder If you open the driver s door with the ignition off and the lamps on you will hear a warning chime Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can
234. n So here are some tips for passing e Drive ahead Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect your passing patterns If you have any doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass wait for a better time If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the e Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way turn or an intersection delay your pass A broken steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of center line usually indicates it is all right to pass the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to providing the road ahead is clear Never cross a solid one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts line on your side of the lane or a double solid line the pavement edge Then turn your steering wheel to go even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic straight down the roadway 4 12 Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you are awaiting an opportunity For one thing following too closely reduces your area of vision especially if you are following a larger vehicle Also you will not have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops Keep back a reasonable distance When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and
235. n glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Your GM dealer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your GM dealer to remove odors from your vehicle s upholstery 5 69 Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques e Never use a knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface e Never use a stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces e Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal e Use only mild neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry deterge
236. nal in the selected band When a CD is playing press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or previous track Press and hold the up or down arrow longer than three quarters of a second to continue advancing ahead or reversing back to other tracks within the disc Volume Press the plus or minus button to increase or to decrease the volume Mute Voice Activation Press this button to silence the system Press this button again to turn the sound on If your vehicle is equipped with OnStar press and hold this button for two seconds to activate voice on the OnStar system See the OnStar section in this manual for more information 3 69 Radio Reception You may experience frequency interference and static during normal radio reception if items such as cellphone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations will boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on your radio 3
237. nd the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds 4 30 The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 44 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 50 There is also important loading information on the vehicle Certification label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle See Certification Label later in this section Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4
238. nder severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where your tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between your tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You will have a lot less traction or grip and will need to be very careful What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution Accelerate gently Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more Unless you have the anti lock braking system ABS you will want to brake very gently too If you do have ABS see Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 4 7 This system improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery road Whether you have ABS or not you will want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement With
239. nflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering The right front passenger s airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side 1 33 When Should an Airbag Inflate Airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes But they are designed to inflate only if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds take into account a variety of desired deployment and non deployment events and are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down 1 34 In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags which adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle is equipped with electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts these airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe fron
240. ng in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 16 Driving Your Vehicle City DIVIN Oheinen aia E A 4 19 Freeway Driving ceceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseees 4 20 Before Leaving on a Long Trip e 4 21 Highway Hypnosis ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 22 Hill and Mountain Roads ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 22 Winter Driving isci cetsveck cocina n aaia 4 24 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud ICG OF SNOW cnans he ancasict o o na sade 4 28 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 29 Loading Your Vehicle c cseeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 29 MOWING 2ceeciacctasagancstceuxtanignadtncagent T 4 34 Towing Your Vehicle cceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 34 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeeee 4 34 Towing a Trailer cceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 4 34 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle Defensive Driving The best advice anyone can give about driving is Drive defensively Please start with a very important safety device in your vehicle Buckle up See Safety Belts They Are for Everyone on page 1 4 A CAUTION Defensive driving really means be ready for anything On city streets rural roads or expressways it means always expect the unexpected Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do Be ready for their mistakes CAUTION Continued
241. nge your oil prior to a CHANGE OIL SOON message being turned on reset the system After changing the engine oil the system must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition to RUN with the engine off 2 Press the information and reset buttons on the DIC at the same time to enter the personalization menu See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 40 3 Press the information button to scroll through the available personalization menu modes until the DIC display shows OIL LIFE RESET 4 Press and hold the reset button until the DIC display shows ACKNOWLEDGED This will tell you the system has been reset 5 Turn the key to LOCK If the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes back on when you start your vehicle the engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the reset procedure What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water
242. nlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When LIGHT FLASH appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the available settings OFF The exterior hazard turn signal lighting will not flash when the lock or unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed ON default The exterior hazard turn signal lighting will flash when the lock or unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed See Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature DELAY LOCK This feature which delays the actual locking of the vehicle can be enabled or disabled When DELAY LOCK appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the available settings ON default The doors will not lock until five seconds after the last door is closed You can temporarily override delayed locking by pressing the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter a second time OFF The doors will lock immediately when pressing the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter See Delayed Locking on page 2 8 and Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature AUTO UN
243. nsferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter To replace the battery do the following 1 Insert a flat object with a thin edge into the notch located below the trunk release button and pry the front and back apart 2 Remove the old battery but do not use a metal object to do this 3 Slide the new battery into the transmitter with the positive side of the battery facing up Use a type CR2032 battery or equivalent type 4 Snap the front and the back of the transmitter together 5 Test the operation of the transmitter with the vehicle Doors and Locks Manual Door Locks A CAUTION Unlocked doors can be dangerous e Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not locked So wear safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening There are a couple of ways to lock and unlock your vehicle manually From inside the vehicle Fg
244. nt System Check Checking the Restraint Systems 008 1 43 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash casee E E much EE 1 43 Retained Accessory Power RAP ssccccec 2 19 Roadside Assistance Program ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 7 6 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 29 Running the Engine While Parked 05 2 28 S Safety Belt Passenger Reminder Light a c 3 23 Pret r sionerg rcdet Eeen 1 17 Reminder Light ccicieciiecs sindecadeccaceortesnenesseteaae 3 23 Safety Belts Care Of saciiweicneteages ne ET T EE a EES 5 72 Driver POSION cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 10 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 10 Passenger Position e eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 17 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 1 9 Safety Belt Extender ccceceeeeeeeeeeee tees 1 17 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 16 Safety Belts Are for Everyone n 1 4 Safety Warnings and Symbols e ceeeeeeneee ees iii Scheduled Maintenance c ceeeeeeeeeneeeeen eens 6 4 Seatback Latches cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 1 4 Seats Manual aeeie sees at NE 1 2 Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 2 Seatback Latches irrena sesinin 1 4 Securing a Child Restraint Passenger Seat Position 0ceeceeeeee es 1 27 Security Ligt sits csceereicctwedesic is igen aE a 3 33 SEVIC
245. nto a flat tire may temporarily repair nail holes or cuts in the tread area of the tire The tire sealant cannot repair tire damage caused while driving on a flat tire or a tire that has had a blow out or a tire that has punctures in the sidewall areas The tire sealant solution is to be used for a single tire and can only be used once 5 62 Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant canister The sealant may not be as effective beyond the expiration date If needed see your GM dealer for a replacement canister After temporarily repairing a tire using the tire sealant take your vehicle to an authorized GM dealer to have the tire inspected and repaired Using the Tire Inflator Kit To use the tire inflator kit do the following 1 Place the inflator kit on the ground and unwrap the sealant filling hose from the compressor 2 Remove the air compressor accessory plug from the unit To do this pull the top portion of the wrapped cord out first then the bottom and then unsnap the plug Do not insert the plug into an accessory outlet yet 3 Remove the valve stem cap from the flat tire by turning it counterclockwise If an object such as a nail has penetrated the tire do not remove it A CAUTION Idling the engine in a closed in place or with the climate control system off can cause deadly carbon monoxide CO See Engine Exhaust on page 2 28 6 Start the vehicle See Starting the Engine on pa
246. nts or dishwashing soaps with degreasers Using too much soap will leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide e Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while cleaning e Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc 5 70 Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For soils always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean use the following instructions 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and
247. o eject CD R s To eject the CD R that is currently playing press and release this button You will hear a beep and Ejecting Disc will be displayed Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc will appear on display The CD R can be removed If the CD R is not removed after several seconds the CD R will be automatically pulled back into the player and begin playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold the eject button for two seconds to eject all discs JJ Tune Turn this knob to select MP3 files on the CD R currently playing Ki SEEK D Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current MP3 file if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next MP3 file If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player will continue moving backward or forward through MP3 files on the CD lt Previous Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the previous folder gt Next Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the next folder 3 65 lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within an MP3 file You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file will appear on the display gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly
248. o secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Your vehicle has a passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 37 General Motors recommends that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If your child restraint is forward facing move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the child restraint in this seat See Manual Seats on page 1 2 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when the vehicle is started See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 25 1 28 wo Put the child restraint on the seat Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 4 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 6 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back int
249. o the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants always should be secured in appropriate infant restraints Child Restraint Systems A CAUTION The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young children always should be secured in appropriate child restraints An infant car bed A a special bed made for use ina motor vehicle is an infant restraint system designed to restrain or position a child on a continuous flat surface Make sure that the infant s head rests toward the center of the vehicle 1 23 A rear facing infant seat B provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant The harness system holds the infant in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint 1 24 A forward facing child seat C E provides restraint for the child s body with the harness and also sometimes with surfaces such as T shaped or shelf like shields A booster seat F G is a child restrain
250. o the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt You should not be able to pull more of the belt from the retractor once the lock has been set Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure If the airbag is off the off indicator on the instrument panel will be lit and stay lit when the vehicle is started 1 29 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers located between the seat cushion and the child restraint or small occupant can affect how the passenger sensing system operates Remove any additional material from the seat cushion before reinstalling or securing the child restraint and before a small occupant including a small adult sits in the passenger position If the on indicator is still lit do not install
251. ocated under a BERS Ts red plastic cover on the ec engine compartment f fx fuse block Open the cover MI to access the terminal The remote negative ground bracket is located in the rear of the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle and is YS marked GND A See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on the location of the positive and negative terminals on your vehicle A CAUTION An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you don t explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately 5 37 A CAUTION Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 5 Chec
252. of the unit The pressure gage reading is slightly high while the compressor is on Turn the compressor off to get an accurate pressure reading Notice If the recommended pressure cannot be reached after 15 minutes the vehicle should not be driven farther Damage to the tire is severe and the sealant will not be effective Remove the air compressor plug from the accessory power outlet and unscrew the inflating hose from the tire valve See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 5 64 10 11 12 13 14 15 Move the inflator kit switch to the O off position once the correct tire pressure is obtained Turn off the engine Unplug the air compressor accessory plug from the accessory power outlet in the vehicle Disconnect the air compressor inflator hose from the tire valve stem by turning it counterclockwise and replace the tire valve stem cap Be careful when handling the tire inflator components as they may be hot after usage Wrap the sealant filling hose around the air compressor channel to stow it in its original location Stow the air compressor accessory plug back in the air compressor To do this wrap the air compressor accessory plug snap in the plug and then push in the bottom and then the top of the wrapped air compressor accessory plug 16 Ifthe flat tire was able to inflate to the recommended inflation pressure remove the maximum speed label from the sealant canister and plac
253. ompressed files directly beneath them the player will advance to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files and the empty folder will not be displayed or numbered No Folder When the CD R contains only compressed files the files will be located under the root folder The next and previous folder functions will not be displayed on a CD R that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio will display ROOT When the CD R contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files will be located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons will search playlists Px first and then go to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio will display ROOT 3 63 Order of Play Tracks recorded to the CD R will be played in the following order e Play will begin from the first track in the first playlist and will continue sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has been played play will continue from the first track of the first playlist e Play will begin from the first track in the first folder and will continue sequentially through all tracks in each folder When the last track of the last folder has been played play will continue from the first track of the first folder When play enters a new folder the display will not automatically
254. on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location Notice e When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water e Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid e Fill your washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full e Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage your washer system and paint Brakes Brake Fluid Your brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the reservoir DOT 3 ae There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake and or clutch hydraulic system If it is you should have your brake and or clutch system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later your brakes and or clutch will not work well or will not work at all 5 31 So
255. ont d Odometer 6 26 Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 00005 7 2 Online Owner Center cccceccceeeeeeeeeeee ees 7 3 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone CTY USEISSA 7 4 Customer Assistance Offices ccceeeeeeeee 7 4 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 5 Roadside Assistance Program eeeeeeee ees 7 6 Courtesy Transportation ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 7 7 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders esiaine prne et eeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeneneees 7 9 Collision Damage Repair ceceeeeeeneeeeenes 7 11 Customer Assistance and Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Pontiac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern w
256. oolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 29 for more information If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 25 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency 5 23 Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 25 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine An engine coolant temperature warning can indicate a serious problem See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 29 If you get an engine coolant temperature warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you e Climb a long hill on a hot day Stop after high spe
257. oose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature 3 44 EXT Exterior LIGHTS If your vehicle has remote keyless entry this feature which allows the vehicle s exterior perimeter lighting to turn on each time the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When EXT LIGHTS appears on the display press the reset button to scroll through the available settings OFF The exterior perimeter lighting will not turn on when the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed ON default The exterior perimeter lighting will turn on when the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed See Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature LANGUAGE This feature allows you to select the language in which the DIC will display Press the reset button to scroll through the available settings ENGLISH default The DIC will display all information in English FRENCH The DIC will display all information in French SPANISH The DIC will display all information in Spanish GERMAN The DIC will display all information in German Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and exit out of the personali
258. or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving Lift the lever located under the front of the seat to unlock it To adjust the seatback turn the knob on the outboard side of the seatback until the seatback is in the desired position 1 2 Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Seatback Latches Your vehicle may have a latch located on the outboard side of the seats near the top of the seatback that enables the front seatback s to fold forward This allows you access to the map pocket on the rear of the seatback To fold the locked seatback forward lift the latch and push the seatback forward A CAUTION If the
259. ore discs partway into the slot of the CD player To play tracks from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs is displayed Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 3 62 BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number will appear on the display when a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system will automatically search for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected no input device found will be displayed Using an MP3 CD R MP3 Format If you burn your own MP3 disc on a personal computer e Make sure the MP3 files are recorded ona CD R disc e Make sure to finalize the disc when burning an MP3 disc using multiple sessions It is usually better to burn the disc all at once e Files can be recorded with a variety of fixed or variable bit rates Song title artist name and album will be available for display by the radio when recorded using ID3 tags version 1 diams Jand diams 2 e Do not mix standard audio and MP3 files on one disc e Make sure playlists have a pls or m3u or rmp extension other file exten
260. orrectly Your vehicle or exhaust system had been modified improperly If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle e Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO and e Have your vehicle fixed immediately Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter Driving on page 4 24 2 28 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the automatic transmission shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when it is on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the automatic transmission shift lever to PARK P or the manual transmission shift lever to NEUTRAL Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transmission on page 2 25 and Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transmission on page 2 27 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror When you are sitting in a comfortable driving position adjust the mirror so you can see clearly behind your vehicle Grip the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side The day night adjustment allows you to adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the lamps behind you Move the lever to the right for nighttime u
261. ospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this GM will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Description Usao Polishing Cloth Interior and exterior Wax Treated polishing cloth Tar and Road Oil Removes tar road oil Remover and asphalt Chrome Cleaner and Use on chrome or Polish stainless steel Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl Removes dirt grime Glass Cleaner smoke and fingerprints 5 76 Description Usage Removes dirt and grime om and Wire Wheel from chrome wheels and wire wheel covers Removes dust fingerprints and surface contaminants Spray on wipe off Removes swirl marks fine Swirl Remover Polish scratches and other light surface contamination Removes light scratches Cleans shines and awe Tire Shine Low protects in one easy step no wiping necessary Medium foaming shampoo Cleans and lightly waxes Biodegradable and phosphate free Quickly and easily removes spots and stains from carpets vinyl and cloth upholstery Odorless spray odor
262. ote 10 000 Miles 16 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 51 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 15 000 Miles 24 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace the filter If vehicle is driven in dusty dirty conditions inspect filter at every engine oil change See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 18 for more information Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 57 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote 20 000 Miles 32 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engin
263. ould like or the same level of performance as winter tires on snow or ice covered roads See your dealer for details regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection Also see Buying New Tires on page 5 53 If you choose to use snow tires e Use tires of the same brand and tread type on all four wheel positions e Use only radial ply tires of the same size load range and speed rating as the original equipment tires Winter tires with the same speed rating as your original equipment tires may not be available for H V W and ZR speed rated tires If you choose snow tires with a lower speed rating never exceed the tire s maximum speed capability 5 45 Tire Sidewall Labelling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The example below shows a typical passenger p metric tire sidewall z LL oc g a N N yS a PE F 8 y Bayo exme mo X a2 v S Pa Nouv oge wo Passenger P Metric Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail 5 46 B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications me
264. our engine s air intake and badly damage your engine Never drive through water that is slightly lower than the underbody of your vehicle If you cannot avoid deep puddles or standing water drive through them very slowly Driving Through Flowing Water A CAUTION Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces If you try to drive through flowing water as you might at a low water crossing your vehicle can be carried away As little as six inches of flowing water can carry away a smaller vehicle If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warning signs and otherwise be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Some Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down allow some extra following distance And be especially careful when you pass another vehicle Allow yourself more clear room ahead and be prepared to have your view restricted by road spray Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 5 44 City Driving a F Be ee ae z m LTE Py H TIT ie Ly li a Fy a tins l a eT z DANAN Ze ZE lt lt SIA Z Yo c A N a Ce fi os ye y z ZIPS 7 ey ZMK Be ao One of the biggest problems with city streets is the
265. our tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining You need a new tire if any of the following statements are true e You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire e You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric e The tire has a bump bulge or split e The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall by the tire manufacturer If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC spec number will be follo
266. our vehicle may have a content theft deterrent alarm system f Arming the System With the ignition off press the remote keyless entry transmitter lock button to arm the system The system will arm after either of these things occur e Thirty seconds after all the doors are closed e Sixty seconds with any door open If you press the lock button on the transmitter a second time while all the doors are closed the system will arm immediately The system will still arm in 60 seconds if a door is open When the open door is closed it will also become armed The security light located on the instrument panel cluster will turn on to indicate that arming has been initiated Once the system is armed the security light will flash once every three seconds If the security light is flashing twice per second this means that a door is open If you do not want to arm the system you may lock the car with the manual lock knobs on the doors Disarming the System You can disarm the system by doing any one of the following e Press the remote keyless entry transmitter unlock button e Turn the ignition on If the system is armed and the trunk is opened using the trunk release button on the transmitter the system will temporarily disarm itself and re arm when the trunk has been closed This allows the you to exit the vehicle lock the doors using the transmitter and open the trunk using the transmitter without having to
267. out ABS if you feel your vehicle begin to slide let up on the brakes a little Push the brake pedal down steadily to get the most traction you can 4 25 Remember unless you have ABS if you brake so hard that your wheels stop rolling you will just slide Brake so your wheels always keep rolling and you can still steer 4 26 Whatever your braking system allow greater following distance on any slippery road Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches may appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in a serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe Turn on your hazard flashers Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blank
268. parking brake for parking your vehicle 2 23 Parking Brake The parking brake lever is located between the front seats To set the parking brake hold the brake pedal down and pull up on the parking brake lever If the ignition is on the brake system warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 27 2 24 To release the parking brake hold the brake pedal down Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the release button Hold the release button in as you move the brake lever all the way down If you forget to release your parking brake a chime will sound and a warning light will flash when the parking brake is applied and the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 kph See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 38 Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Verify that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transmission A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow 1 Hold the brake pedal down
269. passenger sensing system 1 37 The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the passenger s seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat General Motors recommends that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Never put a child ina rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger seat unless the passenger airbag status indicator shows off Never put a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger seat unless the airbag is off 1 38 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Be sure the airbag is off before using a rear facing child restraint in the right front seat position Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under so
270. r Conditioning If Equipped Press the left knob on the control panel to turn the air conditioning system on or off An indicator light on the button will come on to let you know the air conditioning is activated When the system is on this setting cools and dehumidifies the air entering your vehicle The air conditioning will not function if the fan is turned off If air conditioning is selected with fan off the LED light will flash three times and then turn off You may notice a slight change in engine performance when the air conditioning compressor turns off and turns on again This is normal The system is designed to make adjustments to help with fuel economy while still maintaining the selected temperature Air conditioning does not operate at temperature below 40 F 4 C In temperatures above 40 F 4 C the air conditioning cannot be turned off in defrost and floor defog modes because it helps to remove moisture from the vehicle It also helps to keep the windows clear On hot days open the windows to let the hot inside air escape then close them This helps reduce the time it takes for your vehicle to cool down It also helps the system to operate more efficiently 3 17 For quick cool down on hot days do the following 1 Select the vent mode 2 Select recirculation mode 3 Select the air conditioning to on 4 Select the coolest temperature 5 Select the highest fan speed Using these settings toge
271. r S cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeenes 2 33 Center Console Storage Area eceeeeeeeee 2 33 Convertible Top ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeee es 2 33 2 1 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The children or others could be badly injured or even killed Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children One key works all of the lock cylinders on the vehicle Your vehicle has an Immobilizer Vehicle Theft Deterrent System The key has a transponder in the key head that matches a decoder in the vehicle s steering column If a replacement key or any additional key is needed you must purchase it from your dealer The key will have PK3 stamped on it Keep the bar code tag that came with the original keys Give this tag to your dealer if you need a new key made Notice If you ever lock your keys in your vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 If your vehicle is equipped with the OnStar system with an active subscription and you lock your keys inside the vehicle OnStar may be able to send a command to unlock your vehicle See OnStar for more information Remote Keyless Entry System Your keyless ent
272. r more information on this including important safety information A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Be sure the airbag is off before using a rear facing child restraint in the right front seat position Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off General Motors recommends that rear facing child restraints be transported in vehicles with a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint whenever possible 1 27 There is no top strap anchor in your vehicle Do not secure a child seat in your vehicle if a national or local law requires that the top strap be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 26 for more information If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the passenger s position move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint See Manual Seats on page 1 2 You will be using the lap shoulder belt t
273. r that the headlamps light up far less of a roadway when you are in a turn or curve Keep your eyes moving that way it is easier to pick out dimly lighted objects Just as the headlamps should be checked regularly for proper aim so should your eyes be examined regularly Some drivers suffer from night blindness the inability to see in dim light and are not even aware of it 4 15 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads TV TTI Vil EnB lhe lt M Ji o l Mf i Mil I Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble On a wet road you cannot stop accelerate or turn as well because your tire to road traction is not as good as on dry roads And if your tires do not have much tread left you will get even less traction It is always wise to go slower and be cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are tuned for driving on dry pavement 4 16 The heavier the rain the harder it is to see Even if your windshield wiper blades are in good shape a heavy rain can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals pavement markings the edge of the road and even people walking It is wise to keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape and keep your windshield washer fluid reservoir filled with washer fluid Replace your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield or when strips of rubber start
274. rcent the chance of this driver having a collision is 12 times greater at a level of 0 15 percent the chance is 25 times greater The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol in one drink No amount of coffee or number of cold showers will speed that up I will be careful is not the right answer What if there is an emergency a need to take sudden action as when a child darts into the street A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able to react quickly enough to avoid the collision There is something else about drinking and driving that many people do not know Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Please do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home ina cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Control of a Vehicle You have three systems that make your vehicle go where you want
275. rd lamps will flash for 30 seconds The ignition must be off for the vehicle locator remote alarm to work Press the vehicle locator panic alarm button again or turn the ignition to ACC or RUN to turn off the alarm The vehicle may have Remote Lock Unlock Confirmation This feature provides feedback that a command has been received by the vehicle The parking lamps will flash and the horn may sound briefly See LOCK HORN and UNLOCK HORN under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 40 for programming information Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each remote keyless entry transmitter is uniquely coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking the vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your dealer Remember to bring any additional transmitters so they can also be re coded to match the new transmitter Once your dealer has coded the new transmitter the lost transmitter cannot unlock the vehicle The vehicle can have a maximum of four transmitters coded to it Battery Replacement Under normal use the battery in the remote keyless entry transmitter should last about four years If the battery is weak the transmitter will not work within its normal range It is probably time to change the battery if you have to be very close to the vehicle before the transmitter works Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body tra
276. re above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can 4 34 Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 Recreational Vehicle Towing Notice Dolly towing or dinghy towing your vehicle may cause damage because of reduced ground clearance Always put your vehicle on a flatbed truck Your vehicle was not designed to be towed with any of its wheels on the ground If your vehicle must be towed see Towing Your Vehicle earlier in this section Towing a Trailer Your vehicle is neither designed nor intended to tow a trailer Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE is nsiv case sestec deed a aae aE E ii 5 3 Accessories and Modifications ecececceee 5 3 California Proposition 65 Warning 00 5 3 Doing Your Own Service Work 0 2 5 4 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle 5 5 PUG n ee A sacs 5 5 Gasoline Octane sessir aniniteni ar oen 5 5 Gasoline Specifications c ceeeeeeeeeneeeeee tees 5 6 California F el wa oiceeecccusitescinedtedensnenetesedense cane 5 6 AGOIIVES vocasnt teste te niet andl a ces 5 6 Fuels in Foreign Countries 0 0ceeeeeeeee es 5 7 Filling the Tank lt 2s 2cc ctosaoudioviaii
277. repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet Leather A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on your leather Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be use
278. ress BAND to select FM1 FM2 or AM 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons for three seconds until you hear a beep Whenever that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set will return 5 Repeat the Steps 2 4 for each pushbutton Setting the Tone Bass Treble BASS TREB Bass Treble To adjust the bass or treble press the tune knob or bass treble button until the desired tone control label appears on the display Turn the tune knob clockwise to increase or counterclockwise to decrease the setting You can also adjust the setting by pressing either the SEEK FWD or REV buttons The display will show the current bass or treble level If a station s frequency is weak or if there is static decrease the treble EQ Equalization Press this button to select preset equalization settings To return to the manual mode press the EQ button until Manual appears on the display or start to manually adjust the bass or treble by pressing the tune knob Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust the balance or fade press this button or the tune knob until the desired speaker control label appears on the display Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the setting You can also adjust the setting by pressing either the SEEK FWD or REV buttons Radio Messages Calibration Error The audio system has been calibrate
279. riginal tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and may cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This may also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 This light should come on as a check to show you it is working when the ignition is on and the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired This light will also come on during a malfunction in one of two ways e Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and may damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required e Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required If the Light is Flashing The following may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reducing vehicle speed e Avoiding hard accelerations e Avoiding steep uphill grades If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park your vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on stead
280. ring and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear Safety belts Airbags are in many vehicles today and will be in most of them in the future But they are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Every airbag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts Even if you re in a vehicle that has airbags you still have to buckle up to get the most protection That s true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If Fm a good driver and I never drive far from A home why should wear safety belts You may be an excellent driver but if you re in an accident even one that isn t your fault you and your passenger can be hurt Being a good driver doesn t protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This part is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 1 18 or Infants and Young Chi
281. rk that shows the proper operating range your engine could be damaged See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the IZA engine oil fill cap AAAA SAE 5W 30 AR Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER sio LOOK FOR i THIS SYMBOL 80 AND GM STANDARD GM6094M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for two things e GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard GM6094M You should look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M e SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 Oils meeting these requirements should also have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API You should look for this information on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the Ameri
282. rned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 19 for more information Your vehicle may have a navigation radio system The navigation system has built in features intended to minimize driver distraction However GM recognizes the need to help educate drivers themselves about the importance of minimizing their own distraction while they are driving Technology alone no matter how advanced can never replace the drivers own judgment Some tips to help you reduce distractions while driving are contained in the Navigation System Manual For information on how to use this system see the Navigation System manual Setting the Time Without Date Display If your vehicle has a base AM FM radio with a single CD player and preset buttons numbered one through six the radio will have a clock button for setting the time You can set the time by following these steps 1 Press the clock button until the hour numbers begin flashing on the display Press the clock button a second time and the minute numbers will begin flashing on the display 2 While either the hour or the minute numbers are flashing rotate the tune knob clockwise to increase or counterclockwise to decrease the time Instead of using the tune knob you can also press the SEEK FWD or REV buttons to adjust the time 3 Press the clock button again until the clock display stops flashing to set the currently displayed time otherwise the flashing will s
283. rning light will come on in the instrument panel to indicate that an overheat condition exists Driving extended miles km in the overheat protection mode should be avoided Notice After driving in the overheated engine protection operating mode to avoid engine damage allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair The engine oil will be severely degraded Repair the cause of coolant loss change the oil and reset the oil life system See Engine Oil on page 5 13 Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what you will see LL A lt L GE LE A Electric Engine Cooling Fans B Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap A CAUTION An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface The coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line If it is not you may have a leak at the pressure cap or in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere in the cooling system 5 26 A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it co
284. rt time The parts of the bag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There will be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it stop people from leaving the vehicle 1 36 A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there is dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window ora door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention Your vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on turn the hazard warning flashers on and turn off the HVAC when the airbags inflate if battery power is available You can lock the doors again turn the interior lamps off turn the hazard warning flashers off and turn the HVAC on by using the controls for those features In many crashes severe enough to inflate an airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates
285. ry system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in range This is normal for any remote keyless entry system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this e Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again e Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry System Operation on page 2
286. s button again and the system will automatically search for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected no input device found will be displayed CD Messages CHECK DISC If this message appears on the display and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There may have been a problem while burning the CD e The label may be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer when reporting the problem 3 67 Listening to a Portable Audio Player To listen to a portable audio player such as an MP3 player or cassette player over the radio and speakers use a cable to connect your portable audio player to the auxiliary input jack located on the radio faceplate When a device is connected the radio automatically begins playing audio from the device over the car speakers D Power Volume Turn this knob clockwise to increase
287. s recommended tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 50 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 52 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 55 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Loa
288. s required to perform a task e Create a common interface in how drivers interact with the system e Lock out the use of systems that create unnecessary and excessive attention demands on the driver Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audio system CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added 3 46 Notice The chime signals related to seat belts parking brake and other functions of your vehicle operate through the GM radio entertainment system If that equipment is replaced or additional equipment is added to your vehicle the chimes may not work Make sure that replacement or additional equipment is compatible with your vehicle before installing it See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Figure out which audio system is in your vehicle find out what your audio system can do and how to operate all of its controls Your vehicle has a feature called Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is tu
289. s shown on the second line of the display between the arrows Once all songs by that artist are played the player will move to the next artist in alphabetic order on the CD R and begin playing MP3 files by that artist If you want to listen to MP3 files by another artist press the pushbutton located below either arrow button You will go to the next or previous artist in alphabetic order Continue pressing either button until the desired artist is displayed To change from playback by artist to playback by album press the pushbutton located below the Sort By label From the sort screen push one of the buttons below the album button Press the pushbutton below the back label to return to the main music navigator screen Now the album name is displayed on the second line between the arrows and songs from the current album will begin to play Once all songs from that album are played the player will move to the next album in alphabetic order on the CD R and begin playing MP3 files from that album To exit music navigator mode press the pushbutton below the Back label to return to normal MP3 playback BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The CD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number will appear on the display when a CD is in the player Press thi
290. s to signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass To use it pull the turn signal multifunction lever toward you until the high beam headlamps come on then release the lever to turn them off Windshield Wipers Use this lever located on the right side of the steering wheel to operate the windshield wipers O Off Move the lever to this position to turn off the windshield wipers Intermittent Move the lever to this position for intermittent operation When you select this position the delay will vary depending on the manually selected delay lt 8 Delay When the lever is in the intermittent position turn the intermittent adjust band with this symbol on it up or down to set for a shorter or longer delay between wipes To the left of the adjust band are bars increasing in size from bottom to top that indicate the frequency of the wipes Smaller bars mean the wipers movement is less frequent Larger bars mean the movement is more frequent GED Low Speed Move the lever up to the first setting past intermittent for steady wiping at low speed Se High Speed Move the lever up to the second setting past intermittent for wiping at high speed WV Mist Move the lever all the way down to this position for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the windshield wipers start then let go The windshield wipers will stop after one wiping cycle If you want additional wiping cycles hold the lever down
291. s your vehicle ready for a long trip If you keep it serviced and maintained it is ready to go If it needs service have it done before starting out Of course you will find experienced and able service experts in GM dealerships all across North America They will be ready and willing to help if you need it Here are some things you can check before a trip e Windshield Washer Fluid s the reservoir full Are all windows clean inside and outside e Wiper Blades Are they in good shape e Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids Have you checked all levels e Lamps Are they all working Are the lenses clean e Tires They are vitally important to a safe trouble free trip Is the tread good enough for long distance driving Are the tires all inflated to the recommended pressure e Weather Forecasts What is the weather outlook along your route Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid a major storm system e Maps Do you have up to date maps 4 21 Highway Hypnosis Is there actually such a condition as highway hypnosis Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel Call it highway hypnosis lack of awareness or whatever There is something about an easy stretch of road with the same scenery along with the hum of the tires on the road the drone of the engine and the rush of the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy Do not let it happen to you If it does your vehicle can leave the road in less than
292. scscseirrnrerneenna 3 14 PlASNAOR ASS spats rete ce aa hneenmatecs te snemnenataneteits 3 8 Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps 5 41 Halogen Bulbs 2 c cccsteecsncnsaeantensneacece rane 5 40 High Low Beam Changer 0cceseeeeeeeneee renee 3 8 On Reminder s ccccscic ds ainiaan eeraa 3 14 CALC ist cet aan eae E 3 17 Highbeam On Light ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eees 3 34 Highway HypnoSis cceeeeeeeeee eee ee een eeeea tees 4 22 Hill and Mountain Roads cceeeeeeeeeeeee tees 4 22 Hood Checking Things Under eceeeeeeeeeeneees 5 10 Release cicis tviestee desseatwh iaiaaeaia 5 11 TOM sccie Sestedavennsmacaneeintds de E REE Eiaeai AEEA 3 6 How to Use This Manual i e ii How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 10 Hydraulic Clutch scrisoarea 5 19 Ignition POSIONS siie ains ikan iaia 2 17 Infants and Young Children Restraints 1 20 Inflation Tire PreSSUre ceceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 50 Inflator Kit Tire c cece ec cee eee eee ee eeeeeeeeeneeenes 5 60 Inspection Brake System notemea oen E Eni 6 20 Engine Cooling System c cceeeeeneeeeeeee ees 6 20 Exhaust Systemi sesveiiiisitess nissesteeeecliov ines 6 19 Fuel System ccceeeeeeeee eee eee eee een eee teneeaes 6 19 Part C Periodic Maintenance 005 6 19 Steering and Suspension 0 eeeeeeeeeeeees 6 19 Throttle System ctecc
293. se and to the left for daytime use Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar If the vehicle has this mirror while sitting in a comfortable driving position adjust the mirror so you can see clearly behind the vehicle Grip the mirror in the center and move it up and down or side to side The day night control located at the bottom of the mirror allows adjustment to lessen glare from the lamps behind you Flip the lever right for nighttime use flip the lever left for daytime use There are three OnStar buttons located at the bottom of the mirror face For more information about OnStar and the services it provides see OnStar System on page 2 30 2 29 Outside Manual Mirror Adjust the outside rearview mirror so you can see a little of the side of your vehicle and the area beside your vehicle from a comfortable driving position Some mirrors can be folded in to enter narrow passageways Outside Power Mirrors The controls for the outside power mirrors are located on the driver s door Move the selector switch located next to the four way control pad to the left or right to choose either the driver s side or passenger s side mirror To adjust a mirror use the arrows located on the four way control pad to move the mirror in the desired direction Adjust each outside mirror so that a little of the vehicle and the area behind it can be seen while sitting in a comfortable driving position 2 30 Both mirrors can be manu
294. show the new folder name unless you have chosen the folder mode as the default display The new track name will appear on the display File System and Naming The song name that will be displayed will be the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio will display the file name without the extension Such as mp3 as the track name 3 64 Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages will be shortened The display will not show parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename will not be displayed Preprogrammed Playlists You can access preprogrammed playlists that were created using WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software however you will not have playlist editing capability using the radio These playlists will be treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playing an MP3 Insert a CD R partway into the slot Single CD Player or press the load button and wait for the message to insert disc Six Disc CD Player label side up The player will pull it in and the CD R should begin playing If you turn off the ignition or radio with a CD R in the player it will stay in the player When you turn on the ignition or radio the CD R will start to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source As each new track starts to play the track number and song title will appear on the disp
295. sions may not work The CD player is able to read and play a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists 10 sessions and 255 files Long file folder or playlist names or a combination of a large number of files and folders or playlists may cause the player to be unable to play up to the maximum number of files folders playlists or sessions If you wish to play a large number of files folders playlists or sessions minimize the length of the file folder or playlist name You can also play an MP3 CD R that was recorded using no file folders The system can support up to 11 folders in depth however keep the total number of folders to a minimum in order to reduce the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback If a CD R contains more than the maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists 10 sessions and 255 files the player will let you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum will be ignored Root Directory The root directory of the CD R is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory will be displayed as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory will be accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px will always be accessed before root folders or files Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no c
296. splay Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting You can also adjust the highlighted setting by pressing either the SEEK FWD or REV button until the desired levels are obtained If a station s frequency is weak or if there is static decrease the treble To quickly adjust bass midrange or treble to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BASS MID or TREB label for more than two seconds You will hear a beep and the level will be adjusted to the middle position To quickly adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position press the tune knob for more than two seconds until you hear a beep EQ Equalization Press this button to select preset equalization settings To return to the manual mode press the EQ button until Manual appears on the display or start to manually adjust the bass midrange or treble by pressing the tune knob 3 56 Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust balance or fade press the tune knob until the speaker control labels appear on the display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting You can also adjust the highlighted setting by pr
297. ssage on the Driver Information Center DIC will come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 38 Change your oil as soon as possible within the next two times you stop for fuel See Engine Oil on page 5 13 It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system may not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However your engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset It is also important to check your oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change your oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 for information on resetting the system A good time to check your brakes is during tire rotation See Brake System Inspection on page 6 20 5 000 Miles 8 000 km Q Vehicles with Driver Information Center DIC The Engine Oil Life System will tell you when to change the engine oil and filter See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 An Emission Control Service See footnote Q Vehicles without Driver Information Center Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 57 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footn
298. st let the belt go back all the way and start again Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for the driver and right front passenger Although you cannot see them they are located on the retractor part of the safety belts They help the safety belts reduce a person s forward movement in a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 1 43 Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer will order you an extender It is free When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it just attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender Child Restraints Older Children Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts A If possible an older child should wear a lap shoulder belt an
299. strument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES anne EE E ERRER 5 71 Leather wcsetiniiheteGectle SManates oriei aden Fates 5 71 Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 75 E sadicacictecidsmamadncabenenuet db E E 5 75 Underbody Maintenance eeeeeeeeeees 5 75 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 76 Washing Your Vehicle eeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 5 72 Weathersitips encinta ani 5 72 Windshield and Wiper Blades 000 5 73 Ashtray S siscascasseed echeacis en aA OT a 3 16 Audio SyStem S ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeen ees 3 45 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 0 0 3 69 Care of Your CD Player ceeeeeeeeeeeeen eres 3 71 Care of Your CDS zesinn saiia aiak 3 71 Fixed Mast Antenna eceeeeeeeeeeee eee eee es 3 71 Radio with CD eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee eens 3 48 3 53 Setting the Time ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee eens 3 47 Audio System s cont Theft Deterrent Feature a nns 3 68 Understanding Radio Reception 0 3 70 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 71 Automatic Door LOCK ceeeeeeeeeneeee eee eee teenies 2 8 Automatic Door Unlock cceeeeeeeeee eee ee eee eeee 2 9 Automatic Transmission PIWIG sutra E E E E 5 19 Operat esien ea a Enaga 2 20 Battery aroos E A E 5 34 Run Down Protection o eciicicincirinicneanaiisi 3 15 Before Leaving on a Long Trip
300. sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If you want to do some of your own service work you will want to use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 41 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Part E Maintenance Record on page 6 24 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This may cause wind noise and affect windshield washer performance Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle Gasoline Octane Use premium unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 91 or higher You may also use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher but your vehicle s acceleration may be slightly reduced and you may notice a slight audible knocking noise commonly referred to as
301. t It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless you suspect there is a leak or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss could indicate a problem Have it inspected and repaired 5 39 How to Check Lubricant B7 To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be on a level surface If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole located on the rear axle you ll need to add some lubricant Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 21 5 40 Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 5 43 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer Halogen Bulbs A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package Headlamps To replace the low high beam headlamp bulb do the following 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 for more information 2 Locate the headlamp bulb socket 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it from the headlamp assembly 4 Holding the base of the socket pull the old bulb from the socket Replace with a new bulb 6 Reverse Steps 2
302. t remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice f you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 30 Filling a Portable Fuel Container Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the gasoline vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others e Dispense gasoline only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or A CAUTION on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the Things that burn can get on hot engine parts inside of the fill opening before operating and start a fire These include liquids like fuel the nozzle Contact should be maintained oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and until the filling is complete other fluids and plastic or rubber You or e Do not smoke while pumping gasoline others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto
303. t and burn you badly Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line Do not overfill the surge tank Too much coolant can result in an overflow condition when the fluid is hot 5 22 Adding Coolant If you need more coolant add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant surge tank but only when the engine is cool If the coolant surge tank is empty a special fill procedure is necessary See Engine Overheating on page 5 23 for instructions on How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When replacing the pressure cap make sure it is hand tight and fully seated Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured The coolant surge tank pressure cap must be fully installed on the coolant surge tank See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location Engine Overheating You will find an engine coolant temperature warning light on your vehicle s instrument panel See Engine C
304. t designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system Some booster seats have a shoulder belt positioner and some high back booster seats have a five point harness A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window How do child restraints work A child restraint system is any device designed for use in a motor vehicle to restrain seat or position children A built in child restraint system is a permanent part of the motor vehicle An add on child restraint system is a portable one which is purchased by the vehicle s owner For many years add on child restraints have used the adult belt system in the vehicle To help reduce the chance of injury the child also has to be secured within the restraint The vehicle s belt system secures the add on child restraint in the vehicle and the add on child restraint s harness system holds the child in place within the restraint One system the three point harness has straps that come down over each of the infant s shoulders and buckle together at the crotch The five point harness system has two shoulder straps two hip straps and a crotch strap A shield may take the place of hip straps A T shaped shield has shoulder straps that are attached to a flat pad which rests low against the child s body A shelf or armrest type shield has straps that are attached to a wide shelf like shield that swings up or to the side 1 25 When choosing a child restraint
305. t speeds below 25 mph 40 km h A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause needless wheel spinning and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads Setting Cruise Control A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control The cruise control buttons are located on the steering wheel On Off Press this button to turn the cruise control system on and off RES Resume Press this button to resume a set speed and to accelerate the speed SET Set Press this button to set a speed and to decrease the speed To set a speed do the following 1 Press the on off button to turn cruise control on The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Get to the speed you want 3 Press the SET control button and release it The CRUISE ENGAGED message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC to show the system is engaged 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal When you apply the brakes or clutch the cruise control will shut off
306. t spill coolant on a hot engine 1 You can remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about two or two and one half turns If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop This will allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly OPEV and remove it RESERVOIR D EXPANSION 105 kPa 9 S DEX coole CP 1S Ouvei gt 4 With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fans By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower than the COLD FILL line add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the COLD FILL line 5 Then replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated See your dealer if necessary Power Steering Fluid 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the COLD FILL line Wait about five minutes See Engine Compartment then check to see if the level is below the COLD Overview on page 5 12 for FILL line If the level is below the line add additional reservoir location coolant to bring the level up to the line Repeat this procedure until
307. tal impacts full deployment occurs If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that does not move or deform the threshold level for the reduced deployment is about 12 to 16 mph 19 to 26 km h and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 18 to 22 mph 28 9 to 35 4 km h The threshold level can vary however with specific vehicle design so that it can be somewhat above or below this range Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e Ifthe vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object does not deform e Ifthe vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e Ifthe vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object The frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were Inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly th
308. tem after an oil change See How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System under Engine Oil Life System on page 5 16 and OIL LIFE RESET under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 40 COOLANT Press the information button until COOLANT is displayed This mode shows the temperature of the engine coolant in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C 3 38 DIC Warnings and Messages These warning messages will appear in the DIC display if there is a problem detected in one of your vehicle s systems With most messages a warning chime will sound when the message is displayed The messages will clear from the display when the condition no longer exists You can also acknowledge and clear some messages from the display by pressing and holding either the reset or information buttons The message will come back on the next time the vehicle is turned off and back on if the condition still exists Your vehicle may have other warning messages AUTO Automatic LIGHTS OFF This message will display if the automatic headlamp system is disabled with the headlamp switch AUTO Automatic LIGHTS ON This message will display if the automatic headlamp system is enabled with the headlamp switch BRAKE FLUID This message will display if the ignition is on to inform the driver that the brake fluid level is low Have the brake system serviced by your GM dealer as soon as possible CHANGE OIL SOON This message w
309. temperature is near freezing or below Recirculation is not available in this mode WP Defrost Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct most of the air to the windshield and the side window outlets When you select this mode the system runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is near or below freezing Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window Be sure to clear as much snow from the rear window as possible An indicator light on the knob will come on to let you know that the rear window defogger is activated The rear window defogger will turn off about fifteen minutes after the knob is pressed If turned on again the defogger will run for approximately seven and one half minutes before turning off The defogger can also be turned off by pressing the knob again or by turning off the engine Do not operate rear defogger when convertible top is down Gt Rear Defogger Press the right knob on the control panel to turn the rear window defogger on or off Do not use rear defogger when the top is stowed Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to
310. the child restraint manufacturer s directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Passenger Seat Position on page 1 27 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible If the on indicator is still lit do not install a child restraint in this vehicle and check with your dealer The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the passenger s seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the passenger s frontal airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person 1 39 If a person of adult size is sitting in the passenger s seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If this
311. the defogger grid 3 19 Outlet Adjustment Use the air outlets located in the center and on the side of your instrument panel to direct the airflow Your vehicle has air outlets that allow you to adjust the direction and amount of airflow inside the vehicle Move the louvers up or down to change the direction of the airflow Operation Tips e Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into your vehicle e Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system e Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of your vehicle more effectively 3 20 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages that may be on your vehicle The pictures will help you locate them Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to your warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As you will see in the details on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they re working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens Gages can indi
312. ther for long periods of time may cause the air inside of your vehicle to become too dry To prevent this from happening after the air in your vehicle has cooled turn the recirculation mode off Fan Turn the center knob on the control panel to control the fan speed Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed Q Off Turn the center knob to this position to turn the fan off A Recirculation Press the center knob on the control panel to recirculate air inside the vehicle and prevent outside air from coming in It can be used to prevent outside odors from entering your vehicle and cool the air inside your vehicle more quickly Press this button to turn the recirculation mode on or off An indicator light on the button will come on to let you know the recirculation mode is activated 3 18 Recirculation is available in the bi level and vent modes If recirculation is selected in either floor heat floor defog or defrost mode the LED light will flash three times indicating it is not available in that mode The right knob on the control panel is used to direct the airflow inside your vehicle Turn the knob to select one of the following modes 7s Vent Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct air to the instrument panel outlets 74 Bi Level Turn the right knob on the control panel to this mode to direct air to the instrument panel outlets and the re
313. thing may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger seat may not have the protection of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 24 Charging System Light The charging system light will come on briefly when you turn on the ignition and when the engine is not running as a check to show you it is working Then it should go out when the engine is started If it stays on or comes on while you are driving you may have a problem with the electrical charging system Have it checked by your GM dealer Driving while this light is on could drain your battery If you must drive a short distance with the light on be certain to turn off all your accessories such as the radio and air conditioner Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected right away O Canada BRAKE United States This light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come
314. ting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 41 5 77 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring is protected by fuses An electrical overload will cause the lamps to remain off If this happens have your headlamp wiring checked right away Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers protect the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of J Case fuses mini fuses and circuit breakers This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems 5 78 Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If you ever have a problem on the road and do not have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can Floor Console Fuse Block The floor console fuse block is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle under the carpet Remove the fuse block cover to access the fus
315. tion DIC Operation and Displays The DIC comes on when the ignition is on The DIC has different modes which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons The button functions are detailed in the following Information Modes EK Information Press this button to scroll through the following vehicle information modes Odometer Press the information button until the odometer is displayed This mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven in either miles mi or kilometers km To change the DIC display to English or metric units see UNITS under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 40 TRIP A or TRIP B Press the information button until TRIP A or TRIP B is displayed These modes show the current distance traveled since the last reset for each trip odometer in either miles mi or kilometers km Both odometers can be used at the same time Each trip odometer can be reset to zero separately by pressing and holding the reset button for a few seconds while the desired trip odometer is displayed FUEL RANGE Press the information button until FUEL RANGE is displayed This mode shows the remaining distance you can drive without refueling in either miles mi or kilometers km It is based on fuel economy and the fuel remaining in the tank When the fuel level is low FUEL RANGE LOW will display The fuel economy data used to determine fuel range is an average of recent driving conditions As yo
316. top after five seconds and the current time displayed will be automatically set Setting the Time With Date Display If your vehicle has a radio with a single CD player the radio will have a clock button for setting the time and date Press the clock button and the HR MIN MM DD YYYY will appear on the display Press the pushbutton located under any one of the labels that you want to change Everytime the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected will increase by one Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right SEEK arrow or FWD button To decrease press the left SEEK arrow or REV button You can also rotate the tune knob to adjust the selected setting If your vehicle has a radio with a six disc CD player the radio will have a MENU button instead of the clock button to set the time and date Press the MENU button Once the clock option is displayed press the pushbutton located under that label The HR MIN MM DD YYYY will appear on the display To change the time or date follow the instructions given earlier in this section To change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change the date default setting from month day year to day month year press the clock button and then the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label Once the time 12H and 24H and the date MM DD YYYY and DD MM YYYY are displayed press the pushbutton located under the desired option Press the
317. uld lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fans are running If the engine is overheating the fans should be running If they are not your vehicle needs service Notice Engine damage from running your engine without coolant is not covered by your warranty Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank Notice Your engine has a specific cooling system drain and fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause your engine to overheat and be severely damaged If your engine s cooling system needs to be drained and re filled please see your dealer If you have not found a problem yet check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at the COLD FILL line add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank but be sure the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is cool
318. ur driving conditions change this data is gradually updated The FUEL RANGE mode cannot be reset ECON Economy Press the information button until ECON is displayed This mode shows how many miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km your vehicle is getting based on current and past driving conditions Press and hold the reset button while ECON is displayed to reset the average fuel economy Average fuel economy will then be calculated starting from that point If the average fuel economy is not reset it will be continually updated each time you drive AV Average SPEED Press the information button until AV SPEED is displayed This mode shows the vehicle s average speed in miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h Press and hold the reset button while AV SPEED is displayed to reset the average vehicle speed 3 37 OIL LIFE Press the information button until OIL LIFE is displayed The engine oil life system shows an estimate of the oil s remaining useful life It will show 100 when the system is reset after an oil change It will alert you to change your oil on a schedule consistent with your driving conditions In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Engine Oil on page 5 13 and Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services on page 6 4 Always reset the engine oil life sys
319. ur information profile at www myonstar com See the OnStar User s Guide for more information 2 32 OnStar Steering Wheel Controls Your vehicle may be equipped with a Talk Mute e button that can be used to interact with OnStar See the Audio Steering Wheel Control section for your specific vehicle operation When calling into voice mail systems or to dial directory numbers press this button once wait for the response say the number s to be dialed wait for the number s to be repeated and then say dial See the OnStar User s Guide for more information Storage Areas Glove Box To open the glove box lift up on the lever Use key to lock and unlock Cupholder s Your vehicle has a cupholder on the passenger side of the center console To access it press and release the forward section of the cupholder and pull out Center Console Storage Area There is also an upright center console storage area between the seatbacks To open the storage area press and release the button near the top so it extends out Then turn the button in either direction to unlatch the lid and pull the console lid down After you close the lid press the release button back in Convertible Top For care and cleaning of the convertible top see Convertible Top on page 5 74 under Service and Appearance Care High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle The following procedures exp
320. use a crash When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if you need to to get all the rust or dirt off A CAUTION Never use oil or grease on studs or the threads of the wheel nuts If you do the wheel nuts might come loose and the wheel could fall off causing a crash 5 57 Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been A CAUTION Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose and even come off This could lead to a crash Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts If you have to replace them be sure to get new GM original equipment wheel nuts used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification 5 58 Tire Chains A CAUTION Do not use tire chains There is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts Th
321. wed by a MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labelling on page 5 46 for additional information A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on your vehicle s wheels A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle 5 53 If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label This label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information Label Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its
322. width 5 47 Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Inflation Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 50 Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 5 48 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 29 Intended Outboard Sidewall The
323. with more than 300 000 people injured Many adults by some estimates nearly half the adult population choose never to drink alcohol so they never drive after drinking For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive But what if people do How much is too much if someone plans to drive It is a lot less than many might think Although it depends on each person and situation here is some general information on the problem The Blood Alcohol Concentration BAC of someone who is drinking depends upon four things e The amount of alcohol consumed e The drinker s body weight e The amount of food that is consumed before and during drinking e The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol According to the American Medical Association a 180 Ib 82 kg person who drinks three 12 ounce 355 ml bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a BAC of about 0 06 percent The person would reach the same BAC by drinking three 4 ounce 120 ml glasses of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1 1 2 ounces 45 ml of liquors like whiskey gin or vodka It is the amount of alcohol that counts For example if the same person drank three double martinis 3 ounces or 90 ml of l
324. y see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer for service as soon as possible If the Light Is On Steady You may be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 5 8 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your electrical system may be wet The condition will usually be corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 Poor fuel quality will cause your engine not to run as efficiently as designed You may notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration These conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions c
325. y Belt Extender ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 1 17 Child Restraints ccceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee ees 1 18 Older Children ccccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 18 Infants and Young Children cceeeeeeee ees 1 20 Child Restraint Systems c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeen es 1 23 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH Securing a Child Restraint in the Passenger Seat Position Airbag System Where Are the Airbags cceeeeeeeeeeeeee es When Should an Airbag Inflate What Makes an Airbag Inflate e How Does an Airbag Restrain cee What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates Passenger Sensing System Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Restraint System Check 0 eeeeeeeeee ee Checking the Restraint Systems 0 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash 1 32 1 34 1 35 1 35 1 36 1 37 1 1 Front Seats Slide the seat to where you want it and release the lever Try to move the seat with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place Manual Seats Make sure nothing is in front of or under the seat to prevent it from releasing or re locking after adjustment A CAUTION Reclining Seatbacks You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you
326. y have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs If an Accident Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in an accident e Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured e
327. ying displayed Playing a CD s Six Disc CD Player 2 Follow the displayed instruction on when to insert the discs The CD player takes up to six CDs LOAD y Press MiS puton ip oad mie inte theGD 3 Press the Load button again to cancel loading player This CD player will hold up to six CDs more CDs To insert one CD do the following If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the 1 Press and release the load button player it will stay in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD will start playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol will appear on the CD As each new track starts to play the track number will appear on the display 2 Wait for the message to insert the disc 3 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player will pull the CD in 3 60 The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality may be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There may be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked
328. ystem has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat if the airbag is turned on 3 25 If after several seconds all status indicator lights n remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a A CAUTION problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer for service Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off General Motors recommends that rear facing child restraints be transported in vehicles with a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint whenever possible If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 37 for more on this including important safety information 3 26 A CAUTION If the off indicator and the airbag readiness light ever come on together it means that some
329. zation menu mode Exiting Personalization Menu The personalization menu will be exited when any of the following conditions occur Aten second time period has elapsed e The ignition is turned off The end of the personalization menu list is reached Audio System s Driving without distraction is a necessity for a safer driving experience See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 By taking a few moments to read this manual and get familiar with your vehicle s audio system you can use it with less effort as well as take advantage of its features While your vehicle is parked set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if equipped You also need to educate yourself about the importance of avoiding distractions while you are driving While your vehicle is parked e Familiarize yourself with all of its controls e Familiarize yourself with its operation e Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if equipped 3 45 This radio system is intended to e Keep drivers eyes on the road and hands on the wheel e Minimize the number of step

Pontiac 2006 Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents